all | frequencies |
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 |
|
Manual rev 6-26 | Users Manual | 1.87 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Updated Users Manual | Users Manual | 1.63 MiB | June 06 2012 | |||
1 2 3 4 | Attestation Statements | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Internal Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
confidentiality request | Cover Letter(s) | 18.36 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos |
1 2 3 4 | Manual rev 6-26 | Users Manual | 1.87 MiB |
Conventions used in this guide In this user guide, we use the following symbols to indicate useful and important information:
NOTE NOTE Notes, usage tips, or additional information Warning Situations that could cause injury to yourself or others Caution Situations that could cause damage to your device or other equipment AUTHORITY 1 Contents Specifi cations Basics In Box ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................7 Phone Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................................7 Proper Holding Position .....................................................................................................................................................................................8 Battery ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................8 microSDTM Card .......................................................................................................................................................................................................9 Turning Phone On or Off ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 Phone Options ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Touchscreen Gestures ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Keyboard Using Swype Text Entry Method .................................................................................................................................................................. 12 Using the Android Keyboard ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14 Editing Text ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17 Getting Started Google Account .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 18 Getting to Know the Home Screen ............................................................................................................................................................. 19 Customizing the Home Screen ..................................................................................................................................................................... 20 Essential Display Icons ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 21 Notifi cations Panel ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 23 Opening and Switching Between Applications ..................................................................................................................................... 24 Sleep Mode ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Adjusting Volume ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Searching Your Phone and the Web ........................................................................................................................................................... 26 Connecting Your Phone to a Computer .................................................................................................................................................... 28 Phone Calls Making Calls ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29 Answering or Rejecting Calls ......................................................................................................................................................................... 31 Using In-Call Options ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 32 Using Call Log ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 Listening to Your Voicemail ............................................................................................................................................................................ 34 AUTHORITY 2 Using Voice Dialer............................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 Contacts About Contacts ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Opening Your Contacts .................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Getting Started .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Editing/Deleting Contacts .............................................................................................................................................................................. 39 Communicating .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 40 Account Setting .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 42 Groups .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43 Messaging About Messaging ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 45 Sending Messages ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 45 Reading Messages ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 47 Receiving Emergency Alerts Messages ..................................................................................................................................................... 48 Changing Messaging Settings ...................................................................................................................................................................... 49 Google Gmail ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 Google Talk ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 53 Google+ ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 56 Messenger ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 56 Maps ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 57 Places ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 59 Navigation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 59 Latitude .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 61 Calendar ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 64 News & Weather .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 67 Play Store ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 68 Play Books .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 70 Easy Installer ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 72 Web Email ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 74 Browser ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77 YouTube .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 81 Wi-Fi ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 84 Downloads ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 85 Traffi c Manager ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 86 Facebook ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 87 Twitter ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 87 AUTHORITY 3 Bluetooth Using Bluetooth .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 88 Disconnecting or Unpairing from a Bluetooth Device ....................................................................................................................... 89 Connecting to a Bluetooth Headset ........................................................................................................................................................... 90 Sending and Receiving Information Using Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................ 90 Entertainment Camera/Camcorder ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 92 Gallery ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95 Videos ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 98 Play Movies ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 98 Sound Recorder .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 99 Music .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................100 MuveMusic ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................102 Radio ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................103 Picsay .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................103 Layar.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................104 TuneIn Radio ......................................................................................................................................................................................................104 eBooks ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................104 Tools Clock ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................106 Calculator ............................................................................................................................................................................................................108 Notes .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................108 File Manager .......................................................................................................................................................................................................109 Offi ceSuite ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................110 Battery Saver ......................................................................................................................................................................................................112 Ringdroid .............................................................................................................................................................................................................113 AccuWeather ......................................................................................................................................................................................................113 Barcode Scanner ...............................................................................................................................................................................................114 Alcatel Setup Wizard .......................................................................................................................................................................................114 LED Torch .............................................................................................................................................................................................................115 Skifta ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................115 Antivirus Pro .......................................................................................................................................................................................................115 NQ Mobile Security ..........................................................................................................................................................................................116 Firmware Upgrade Manager ........................................................................................................................................................................116 Cricket Applications Alcatel help .........................................................................................................................................................................................................117 Cricket Navigator ..............................................................................................................................................................................................117 MyBackup ............................................................................................................................................................................................................117 Storefront .............................................................................................................................................................................................................117 AUTHORITY 4 Settings Settings on Your Phone..................................................................................................................................................................................118 Safety and use Please read before proceeding ...................................................................................................................................................................122 Limitation of damages ...................................................................................................................................................................................122 Important health information and safety precautions .....................................................................................................................123 Regulatory agency identifi cations ............................................................................................................................................................130 Warranty Manufacturers Warranty ...............................................................................................................................................................................134 AUTHORITY 5 Specifications Display 4.3 WVGA, TFT 16M colors Multitouch capacitive touch screen Camera 5MP Full Frame with LED fl ash and VGA self camera Operating System Android 2.3.6 (Gingerbread) Connectivity BT3.0+EDR(HSP/HFP/A2DP/OPP), Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n Dimensions and Weight Sensors Dimensions: 5 x 2.7 x 0.4 inch (127 X 68 X 10.05 mm) Weight: 4.5 oz (127.6 g) Memory 2GB(ROM)/512MB(RAM) External memory: supports up to 32GB Operating Frequencies Network: CDMA BC0/BC1/BC15 -1xEV-DO rA, Wi-Fi(802.11b/g/n)(802.11n 2.4Ghz only) Data speed: Up To HSDPA 7.2Mbps Accelerometer, E-compass, Proximity, Light Sensor LBS A-GPS Power Management (Performance) Battery Type Lithium-Ion(Li-ion) Standby Time Capacity 1480mAh Talk Time 300hours (Slot Index 2) 6 hours (CDG89) AUTHORITY 6 Basics In Box The Authority comes with the following items included in the box:
Authority mobile phone USB power adapter Charger Cricket Enhancement Guide MUVE Music Guide English
Battery
Battery cover
Micro USB cable
microSDTM Card (mounted in the device)
Device QSG (English and Spanish) User Manual Lite (English and Spanish)
MUVE Music Guide Spanish 9 10 11 12 13 Phone Overview 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1. Earpiece 2. Front camera 3. Volume key Volume Up / Down 4. Search key Quick search 5. Back key Move to the previous screen 6. Menu key Options 7. Home key Move to Home screen Press and hold : Show eight most recently used apps. 8. USB port Charging / PC connectivity AUTHORITY 7 9. Headset jack 3.5 mm headset jack 10. Power/Lock key Short press: Screen lock mode Press and hold: Power ON / Phone options 11. Camera 12. External speaker 13. Battery cover Proper Holding Position NOTE The Authority is equipped with an antenna located in the base of the unit. For optimum call quality, hold the phone along the sides and avoid touching the top and bottom of the phone while in a call. Battery Note that browsing the web frequently, extended data usage, being in a poor signal area, or subjecting the device to extreme temperatures will cause the battery to discharge quickly. To increase battery life, limit your data usage, or turn off GPS and Bluetooth when not required. Installing the battery Please use only the original batteries and accessories you received with your phone or CricKet recommended replacements. 1. Remove the battery cover from the unit. 2. Align the batterys exposed gold contacts with the battery connectors inside the battery compartment. 3. Insert the contact side of the battery fi rst and then gently push the battery into place. 4. Replace the battery cover over the battery compartment and press down until you hear a click. AUTHORITY 8 Removing the battery 1. Make sure that your device is turned off . To remove the battery cover from your phone, try open the back cover using your fi nger at the small opening on the bottom of the phone. 2. Push the bottom of the battery upwards and remove the battery. Charging your battery Before you turn on your device and start using it, it is recommended that you charge the battery. 1. Plug the USB cable into the USB power adapter. 2. Plug the power adapter into a standard outlet. 3. Locate the USB port located on the left side of your device. 4. Plug the other end of the USB cable into the phones micro USB port. 5. The USB icon on the cable should always face down when connecting the cable to your device as shown. NOTE It is more efficient to charge the battery with your device powered off. Battery operating time gradually decreases over time. microSDTM Card Use the microSDTM card to store your photos, videos, music and certain apps from AndroidTM Market. You can also move and copy fi les to your computer from your device. Inserting the microSDTM card 1. Remove the battery cover. 2. Locate the microSDTM card slot. 3. Insert the microSDTM card into the slot with its gold contacts facing down until it clicks into place. 4. Replace the battery cover. AUTHORITY 9 Removing the microSDTM card 1. Make sure that your device is turned off , and then remove the battery cover. 2. Slide the microSDTM card out the rest of the way. Removing the microSDTM card while the phone is on If you need to remove the microSDTM card while the phone is on, unmount the microSDTM card fi rst to prevent corrupting or damaging the fi les in the microSDTM card. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Settings. Or tap Menu >
Settings. Storage > Unmount SD card > OK. 2. Tap 3. Remove the microSDTM card by following the steps in SD card safe to remove. Turning Phone On or Off Turning your phone on 1. Press and hold Power/Lock. NOTE The first time you use your phone youll need to set it up. See the Getting Started chapter for details. Turning your phone off 1. If the display is off , press 2. Press and hold 3. When Phone options menu appears, tap Power/Lock for a few seconds. Power/Lock to turn it back on. Power off > OK. AUTHORITY 10 Phone Options Silent mode Power/Lock. Silent mode. 1. Press and hold 2. Tap When you select Silent mode, alarms are silenced. is displayed in the Status bar. Ringtones, alerts, and all audible sounds except media and NOTE To turn silent mode off, press and hold Power/Lock and then tap Silent mode again. Airplane mode 1. Press and hold 2. Tap When you set Airplane mode, disabled. Airplane mode. Power/Lock. is displayed in the Status bar. Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and mobile network functions are all NOTE To turn airplane mode off, press and hold Power/Lock and then tap Airplane mode again. Touchscreen Gestures Tap Tap and hold Swipe or slide Drag Flick Rotate To select onscreen items such as application and settings icons or press onscreen buttons, simply touch them with your fi nger. To open available options for the item, simply touch and hold your fi nger on the screen over the item. Quickly drag your fi nger vertically or horizontally across the screen. Tap and hold your fi nger before you start to drag. While dragging, do not release your fi nger until the item reaches your desired location. Flicking the screen is similar to swiping, but you only need to swipe your fi nger in lighter and quicker strokes. This fi nger gesture is always in a vertical direction, such as fl icking through the contacts or the message lists. For most screens, you can automatically change the screen orientation from portrait to landscape by turning the phone sideways. When entering text, you can turn the phone sideways to bring up a bigger on-screen keyboard. AUTHORITY 11 Keyboard Using Swype Text Entry Method Entering text using the Swype keyboard Swype lets you enter a word with one continuous motion: just drag your fi nger over the letters in the word. 1. Place your fi nger on the key with the fi rst letter of the word and drag your fi nger to each subsequent letter without lifting your fi nger off the screen. 2. Continue until you have fi nished the word. Lift your fi nger after the last letter. 3. If Swype cannot clearly determine your word, the word choice window opens. Select an alternative word from the list. For example, to enter love : Trace from l to o to v to e. To capitalize a letter, glide your fi nger from the fi rst letter up past the top of the keyboard and without lifting, glide your fi nger back down to the next letter of the word. good : To enter a double letter within a word, make a small circle on the letter. AUTHORITY 12 123... : To enter characters on the upper half of the key, tap and hold the key. When the character list appears, you can enter special characters, symbols, and numbers. Or, tap to enter several symbols or numbers. Ill: To enter apostrophes in common words, drag through the . Swype auto-spaces after each word. To add a period, comma, exclamation/question mark you simply drag from the punctuation mark to the spacebar. Swype will automatically insert the character in the correct place and automatically insert a space in anticipation of the next word. If Swype doesnt know the word, you can tap the letter keys to enter it. To add words to Swypes dictionary, tap in the letters of the word, then select it from the word choice list. Tap the prompt that appears to add the word. To remove a word from the dictionary, highlight only the word that you want to delete, and then tap the For more information, tap and hold and tap How to Swype. AUTHORITY 13 Using the Android Keyboard You can enter text using the onscreen keyboard. Some applications open the keyboard automatically. In others, tap anywhere in a text fi eld to open the keyboard. Android keyboard is similar to a desktop computers keyboard. NOTE You can change keyboard settings including User dictionary through the settings menu. From the Home screen, tap Or tap Language & keyboard. Language & keyboard. Settings >
Settings >
Menu >
Apps >
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The characters youve typed appear in a strip above the keyboard with word predictions to the right. Tap a suggested word to enter it. You can also save the characters youve typed by tapping it twice in a strip above the keyboard. Shift key. Tap once to capitalize the next letter you type. Tap it twice for all caps. Symbol key. Tap to switch to the numeric and symbol keyboard. Tap to open Input options and tap and hold to select input method. Voice input key. Tap to input by voice. Backspace key. Tap to delete the previous character. Enter key. Tap to create a new line. 1. Tap the text fi eld to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Tap the onscreen keys to type. 3. Use 4. When youve fi nished typing, tap to erase characters to the left of the cursor. Back to close the keyboard. AUTHORITY 14 To enter numbers, symbols, and other characters Tap Tap on the numeric keyboard To view additional symbols, tap it again to switch back. To switch to the numeric and symbol keyboard. Tap and hold a vowel or the C, N, or S key To open a pop up menu to select an accented vowel or other alternate letter. Tap and hold Tap and hold a number or symbol key To open a pop up menu with a set of common symbols. To open a pop up menu of additional symbols. Not all keys have additional symbols. Tap and hold the main keyboard to open an extension keyboard, with numbers and symbols. To enter a number or symbol from that keyboard, slide your fi nger onto it and then lift your fi nger. When you lift your fi nger, the extended keyboard will no longer be visible. When you tap a key, a larger version displays briefl y over the keyboard. Keys with alternate characters display an ellipsis (...) below the character. Changing the keyboard language Selecting the Android keyboard languages 1. Tap a text fi eld to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Tap Input options > Android keyboard settings. Or tap and hold
Input options > Android keyboard settings. 3. Tap Input languages > Select one or more languages. 4. Tap Back to save. Changing the keyboard language If youve selected more than one keyboard language, the active keyboard language is displayed on the Space bar. You can switch languages easily as follows:
1. Tap and hold 2. Without lifting your fi nger, move it to the left or right until the language you want appears in the center of the small window
. above
. 3. Lift your fi nger. If you have many languages available, you may have to repeat the above steps to reach your desired language. Entering the text by speaking You can use voice input to enter text. Voice input is an experimental feature using Googles speech-recognition service. You must have a data connection on a mobile or Wi-Fi network to use voice input. Turning on voice input If the onscreen keyboard does not display only on the symbol keyboard.
, voice input is not turned on or you have confi gured it to display AUTHORITY 15 Apps >
Settings. Or tap Menu >
Settings. Language & keyboard > Android keyboard. Input options on the onscreen keyboard > Android keyboard settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Or tap You can also tap and hold keyboard settings. on the onscreen keyboard. In the alternate menu that opens, tap Input options > Android 3.Tap Voice input. 4. Tap the option for where you want to use
(On main keyboard or On symbols keyboard). Or tap Off to turn off voice input. Entering text by speaking You can enter text by speaking, in most places that you can enter text with the Android keyboard. on the keyboard. 1. Tap a text fi eld. 2. Tap the 3. When prompted to Speak now, speak what you want to enter. Say comma, period, question mark, or exclamation point to enter punctuation. When you pause, what you spoke is transcribed by the speech-recognition service, entered in the text fi eld and underlined. You can tap to erase the underlined text. If you start typing or entering more text by speaking, the underline disappears. You can edit the onscreen text by typing or speaking. Adding, Editing or Deleting Words in the User Dictionary Sometimes you may need to add a word to the predictive text dictionary, for example, a name or a specialized technical word. If you want to add a word to your User dictionary while entering text, tap and hold the word and select Add ** to dictionary. Adding a word manually 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Type the word > Tap OK. Add. Language & keyboard > User dictionary. Menu >
Apps >
Settings. Or tap Menu >
Settings. Editing or deleting a word 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap To edit words from the dictionary, tap the word you want to edit > Edit > Edit the word > Tap OK. To delete words from the dictionary, tap the word you want to delete > Delete. Language & keyboard > User dictionary. Settings. Or tap Settings. Menu >
Apps >
AUTHORITY 16 Editing Text You can select, copy or cut the text youve entered, then paste it in another text fi eld within the user interface. NOTE Some applications may offer different text editing methods. Selecting text 1. Tap the text fi eld. 2. Move the cursor to the beginning or end of the desired text by tapping in the location you want the cursor. 3. Tap and hold the text fi eld. 4. Tap Select word in the pop up menu. Or tap Select all to select all the text in the text fi eld. 5. Drag your fi nger to move the text cursor to a letter within the text that you want to select. The selected text is highlighted in orange. Cutting and copying the text 1. Select the text to cut or copy it. 2. Tap and hold the selected text. 3. Tap Cut or Copy in the menu that opens. If you tap Cut, the selected text is removed from the text fi eld. In this case, the text is saved to the clipboard, so that you can paste it into another text fi eld. NOTE Be sure to only cut one section of text at a time, as the clipboard only saves a single text string. Pasting the text 1. Cut or copy the text to paste. 2. Tap the text fi eld where you want to paste the text and move the cursor to your desired location. You can paste text that you copied from one application into the text fi eld in any other application. 3. Tap and hold then select Paste in the pop up menu. The text is inserted after the cursor. The text also remains in the clipboard, so you can paste that same text into another location. AUTHORITY 17 Getting Started Google Account You must sign in to a Google account to use Gmail, Google Calendar, and other Google applications; to download applications from Play Store; to back up your settings to Google servers; and to take advantage of other Google services on your phone. Registering a Google account Gmail, Play Store, and other applications require a valid Google account for use. You will be prompted to login in to Google the fi rst time you use these applications. 1. Tap Sign in to register your Google account. If you dont have a Google account, tap Create instead. See the next section for more details. 2. Enter your Google account Username and Password > Tap Sign in. Creating a new Google account 1. Tap Create > Enter First name, Last name and Username > Tap Next. 2. Enter a password in to the Type a password, Confi rm password fi elds, then tap Next. Password tip: Your password must be a minimum of 8 characters in length. 3. Select Security question and enter the Answer, which will be needed if you forget your password and then enter a Secondary Email > Create. 4. Read through Google Terms of Service > Tap I agree, Next. 5. Enter the letters shown on the screen > Tap Next > Tap Finish. Adding a Google account Settings. Apps >
Accounts & sync > Add account. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Google > Tap Next. 4. Tap Sign in to register your Google account. 5. Enter your Google account Username and Password > Tap Sign in > Finish. The Authority supports multiple Google accounts. If you have the same contact across multiple Google accounts, you can merge duplicates into a single item in the contact list. AUTHORITY 18 Removing a Google account Apps >
Settings. Accounts & sync. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Select the account to be deleted > Tap Remove account > Remove account. All information associated with that account will be deleted. This includes contacts, emails, messages, calendar events, etc. At least one Google account is required for normal phone operation. NOTE The phone must be reset to remove a solitary Google account. Getting to Know the Home Screen The Home screen is displayed when the device is in idle mode. You can add your favorite apps, shortcuts, folders and widgets to the Home screen so theyre only a tap away. The Home screen is actually fi ve separate screens. Slide your fi nger the left or right and youll discover more space to add icons, widgets, and more. Tap Home to return to the center Home screen. NOTE To change number of Home screens, from the Home screen, tap screens > Select 3 screen, 5 screen or 7 screen > OK. Apps >
Settings >
Display > Number of home AUTHORITY 19 Previewing the Home screens 1. From any Home screen, tap and hold 2. When you choose a desired Home screen, the display shifts to the selected Home screen. Apps. Customizing the Home Screen The Home screens and display wallpaper are extensively customizable. Home screen customization options 1. Open the Home screen you want to customize. 2. Tap 3. On the menu that appears, select from the following choices. Menu >
Add. Or just tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen. Shortcuts Widgets Folders Wallpapers Shortcuts can cover such functions as Applications, Bookmark, Contact, Cricket Navigator, Direct dial, Direct message, Directions & Navigation, Email, Gmail label, Music playlist and Settings. Widgets are mini-applications for functions as AccuWeather.com, Analog clock, Antivirus Pro, Calendar Agenda, Calendar Month, Data On/Off , Facebook, Google Search, Google+, Home screen tips, Latitude, Music, News & Weather, Notes, NQ Mobile Security, Picture frame, Play Store, Power Control, Radio, Traffi c, Traffi c Manager, TuneIn Radio, Twitter (large), Twitter (small) and YouTube. If you create a new folder, you can drag icons into the folder to organize them. You can also select All contacts, Bluetooth received, Contacts with phone numbers or Favorite contacts. You can choose from your Gallery photos, Live wallpapers or Wallpapers to change the display background. Moving an item on the Home screen 1. From the Home screen, tap and hold the item you want to move until it vibrates. Dont lift your fi nger. 2. Drag the item to a new location on the Home screen. 3. Lift your fi nger at the location where you want the item. AUTHORITY 20 To add a shortcut to any application from the Launcher, tap Launcher and onto a Home screen. Apps, tap and hold the item, then drag it off the Removing an item from the Home screen 1. From the Home screen, tap and hold an item until it vibrates. Dont lift your fi nger. The Dock menu changes into the 2. Drag the item to the 3. When the item turns red, lift your fi nger. Changing the Wallpaper of the Home screen 1. From the Home screen, tap
Wallpapers. Menu >
Wallpaper. Or just tap and hold any empty area on a Home screen 2. Tap one of the following:
Gallery Live wallpapers Wallpapers Choose a photo from your camera gallery or memory card storage. You can crop the image before setting it as the wallpaper. Choose from pre-loaded animated wallpapers. Additional live wallpapers can be downloaded from the Play Store. Choose from the pre-loaded animated or static wallpapers. Additional wallpapers can be downloaded from the Play Store. 3. Tap Save or Set wallpaper. Renaming a folder 1. Tap the folder to open it. 2. Tap and hold the title bar of the folder window. 3. Enter a new name in the dialog box that appears, and then tap OK. Essential Display Icons AUTHORITY 21 Status icons You can tell a lot about your phone when you understand the icons in the Status bar. Heres what each one means:
Signal strength No signal 1X CDMA connected 1X CDMA in use EvDo connected EvDo in use Airplane mode Data synchronizing Synchronization error
Wi-Fi signal strength Tethering or USB connected TTY connected GPS is on and active Vibrate only mode Speakerphone is on Silent mode-no audio or vibration Bluetooth is on Bluetooth device connected No battery It indicates that battery is remaining
(Empty to full charge states) Wired headset connected Wi-Fi hotspot connected
Notifi cation icons Notifi cation icons in the Status bar alert you to items that may require your attention such as new messages, calendar event reminders, missed call notifi cations, etc. Heres what each one means:
Call in progress Missed call Connected to a computer via USB cable Storage card memory is low More (not displayed) notifi cations New Google Talk instant message New voicemail New message Problem with text or multimedia message delivery New Gmail Connected to or disconnected from VPN New Email Downloading data Uploading data (animated) General Warning Icon USB debugging connected No microSDTM card installed microSDTM card is being prepared Upcoming event Microphone is muted Alarm is set Wi-Fi is on and wireless networks are available Song is playing Car mode is active AUTHORITY 22 Notifications Panel When you receive a new notifi cation, an icon will be displayed in your Status bar at the top of your screen. Viewing and responding to Notifi cations 1. Tap and hold Status bar, and then slide your fi nger downward to open the Notifi cations panel. You can set your phone such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, etc. with these icons without the need to go to Settings application. Drag the screen to the left to see more icons. Wi-Fi on/off Bluetooth on/off GPS on/off Data on/off Sound on/off Airplane mode on/off Notifi cation fl ash on/off Adjust the brightness of the screen Data synchronizing on/off Landscape mode of the screen on/off 2. If you have multiple notifi cations, you may need to scroll to see them all. 3. Tap a notifi cation to respond to it. Tap Clear to clear all Notifi cations. Closing the Notifi cations panel Drag the bottom bar of the panel up. Or just tap Back. AUTHORITY 23 Opening and Switching Between Applications The Launcher, which you open from the Home screen, shows the icons of all installed applications on your phone. Opening and closing the Launcher Apps. 1. To open, from the Home screen, tap 2. To close, tap Home or Back. Switching to a recently used application 1. From any screen, tap and hold Home. 2. Tap an icon to open the application or tap Back to return to your previous screen. AUTHORITY 24 Sleep Mode Sleep mode saves battery power by turning off your display. You will still receive messages and calls when the display is turned off . Switching to Sleep mode Press Power/Lock to switch your phone to Sleep mode. Your phone automatically turns off the display after a period of inactivity. To customize the screen timeout settings, from the Home screen, tap Display > Screen timeout. Settings >
Apps >
Waking up from Sleep mode Your phone automatically wakes up when you have an incoming call. To wake it up manually, press Power/Lock. Youll need to unlock the screen as described below. Unlocking the screen On the lock screen, tap the left/right side of the screen and slide your fi nger to the right or left to unlock the screen. The screen unlocks automatically when you answer an incoming call. NOTE If you have set up a screen unlock pattern, pin, or password, you will be asked to draw the pattern on the screen or enter the PIN or password to access the phone software. Activating Secure Screen Lock Apps >
Settings. Or tap Location & security > Set up screen lock. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap If you have already confi gured the screen lock, tap Change screen lock to change how to lock or unlock your screen. 3. Tap Pattern, PIN, or Password. And then, enter a custom pattern, PIN or password as prompted. If you select None, screen unlock security is cancelled. Settings. Menu >
Adjusting Volume Ringtone and Media volume are independent of each other and adjusted separately. Adjusting the ringer volume From the Home screen, press volume to your desired level. Volume up or Volume down on the left side of the phone to adjust the ringer AUTHORITY 25 While in the lowest ringer volume level, press Silent mode, from the Home screen, tap Silent mode. While in the Silent mode or Vibrate mode, press Volume down once to set your phone to Vibrate mode. To set your phone to Sound > Vibrate > Select Never or Only when not in Settings >
Apps >
Volume up once to switch to ringtone mode. Adjusting the media volume While playing music, watching a video or using preloaded or downloaded games or applications, press up or Volume down on the left panel of the phone to adjust the media volume. Volume Adjusting the earpiece volume for phone calls During a phone call, press Volume up or Volume down. Adjusting the volume via Settings menu 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Drag the volume sliders left or right to adjust your phones Ringtone, Media, and Alarm. Your phone plays a sample tone at Sound > Volume. Settings. Or tap Settings. Menu >
Apps >
the selected volume level while you drag the slider. NOTE If you uncheck the option to use incoming call volume for notifications, you can set the notification ringtone volume independently. 4. When youre done, tap OK. Searching Your Phone and the Web The search key is a powerful part of the Authoritys software and enables you to quickly locate fi les, contacts, and applications. You can also search the web using your favorite web search service. Search. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Begin entering text, or tap a previously used search term. As you enter the text, matching items on your phone and suggestions from Google web search will appear on the screen. 3. Tap a suggestion to go directly to that result. Apps >
Search. AUTHORITY 26 1 2 1 2 Type in your search criteria. Tap to search by voice. Setting search options Search. Menu >
1. Tap 2. Tap 3. Tap any of the following:
Search settings. Device Search Web Searchable items Clear on-device history Google Search Opens list of searchable locations on your phone. Clear search history for on-device content and apps. Use My Location, Search on google.com, Terms of Service, Open Source Licenses. Using Voice search 1. Tap and hold Or tap the Search. in the Google search box or in the Browsers URL box. 2. Speak what you want to search for. 3. Searched words with similar pronunciations are listed. If you select a desired search result, the Google result appears with the corresponding keyword. If you speak inaccurately, the desired keyword may not appear. AUTHORITY 27 Connecting Your Phone to a Computer Copying fi les to/from the microSDTM card You can copy your music, photos, and other fi les to the microSDTM card of your phone. NOTE This option is available only when a microSDTM card is inserted into the slot of your phone. While your phone is connected to a computer, USB Mass storage mode prevents you from using applications that access the memory card. 1. Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB cable. 2. Open the Notifi cations panel > Tap USB connected. 3. Tap Turn on USB storage. On your computer, the connected phone is recognized as a removable hard drive. 4. Navigate to the removable drive and open it. 5. Do one of the following:
Copy the fi les from the computer to the microSDTM cards root folder. Copy the fi les from the phones microSDTM card to a folder in your computer. 6. After copying the fi les, unmount the removable drive (that is, your phone) as required by your computers operating system to safely remove your phone. 7. After you have unmounted the removable drive, you can disconnect the phone from the computer. AUTHORITY 28 Phone Calls Making Calls The simplest way to make a call is to dial the number directly. You can also call numbers listed in your call log or Contacts list. Making a call from the dialer screen Phone. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the number you want to dial. If you make a mistake, tap 3. Tap The Calling screen is shown and the To change the volume during a call, press 4. To end the call, tap End Call. Apps >
Phone. to erase a single character. Tap and hold to erase the entire string. appears in the Status bar while the call is active. Volume up /
Volume down. Entering a Pause/Wait Pause and wait options can help you dial additional numbers such as a voicemail password, or phone banking system menus. 1. From the Home screen, tap Phone. 2. Tap the number you wish to dial > Tap Menu >
Add 2-sec pause or Add wait. Or tap and hold * to enter Add 2-sec pause or tap and hold # to enter Add wait on the keypad. the remaining numbers. Add 2-sec pause : Your phone will wait for 2 seconds then continue to dial the remaining numbers automatically. Add wait : Your phone will wait with the message, Send the following tones? until Send is tapped, then continue dialing Making an international call Phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold 0 until the international prefi x + appears. 3. Tap the country code, area code, and phone number. 4. Tap
. AUTHORITY 29 Calling a number from the Call log Your phone logs all incoming and outgoing calls. Apps >
Phone >
Call log. Or tap at the right of any entry to dial. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Calls are listed with the most recent at the top. Calls to the same phone number are grouped together. Scroll up or down to view additional entries in the log. If you want to edit a number before calling, tap and hold the desired number, and then tap Edit number before call. Contacts >
Call log. Making a call from the Contact list Phone >
Contacts. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Scroll through the contact list. To fi nd a specifi c contact, you can search by tapping contact youre searching for. As you type, contacts with matching names appear below the search box. Or you can use the tab on the right hand side of the screen to scroll through the alphabetical contacts. Search. Enter the name of the Search or tap Contacts. Menu >
Apps >
3. Tap the contact you want to call. 4. Tap
. Making an emergency call Your phone supports international emergency numbers such as 911. Emergency calling is supported anywhere the phone has a network signal. Making an emergency call 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the emergency number for your location. This is usually 911, *911, #911 or 966. 3. Tap 4. To end the emergency call, tap End Call. Phone. Making an emergency call while the phone is locked 1. When your phone is no service status, Emergency call button is displayed on the lock screen. Tap Emergency call. 2. Tap the emergency number for your location. This is usually 911, *911, #911 or 966. 3. Tap 4. To end the emergency call, tap End Call. AUTHORITY 30 Answering or Rejecting Calls When you receive a phone call, the screen displays the callers name, phone number, and caller ID icon (if stored in Contacts). When you receive a phone call from a phone number not stored in your Contacts, only the default caller ID icon and phone number are shown. All incoming calls are recorded in the Call log. If you miss a call, you receive a reminder notifi cation. Answering or rejecting an incoming call Answering or rejecting an incoming call while the screen is locked 1. Drag up the bottom bar to display the Answer and Decline button. 2. Drag up the bottom bar again and release it to activate the Answer and Decline button. 3. Tap Answer to answer the call. Or tap Decline to reject the call. To silence the ringer before answering the call, press either of the volume keys. Press Power/Lock to reject the call or lock the screen. You can set Power button ends call on the Accessibility settings. NOTE The caller you reject is sent directly to your voicemail box to leave a message. Answering or rejecting an incoming call while the screen is unlocked 1. Tap Answer to answer the call. Or tap Decline to reject the call. If you were already in a call, the fi rst call is placed on hold during answering the new call. Checking missed calls is displayed in the Status bar. If you miss a call, If you open the Notifi cations panel, you will see the number of missed calls. Tap the notifi cation to be taken to the call log and view detailed information. AUTHORITY 31 Using In-Call Options When a call is in progress, the following options are available:
Speaker Mute Hold Bluetooth Dial Pad Contacts Menu Tap You can turn the speakerphone off by tapping the Speaker icon again. The speaker is turned off automatically when your current call ends. You can unmute the microphone by tapping Mute icon again. You can place the current call on hold at any point during conversation. When a Bluetooth device is paired and connected to your phone, you can conduct all calls using Bluetooth for hands-free conversation. When using Bluetooth headset during a call, the current call screen has a blue border and the Ongoing Call icon turns blue in the Status bar. Tap Bluetooth icon to toggle in-call audio to and from the Bluetooth accessory. Tap Dial Pad to enter additional numbers during your call. Tap Dial Pad icon again to close dial pad. You can search for contacts during a call. Add call to add another call. Swap call to switch between two calls. Bluetooth to conduct calls using Bluetooth for hands-free conversation if a Bluetooth device is Tap Tap Tap paired and connected to your phone. Tap Tap Tap Merge calls to merge calls during conversation. End held call to end held call during conversation. End all call to end all calls. NOTE To avoid damaging your hearing, do not hold the phone up to your ear when the speakerphone is on. Using Call Log The phone stores the numbers of all incoming and outgoing calls in the Call log. The Call log displays the details of the call including time, date, and duration. Opening the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap Calls are listed with the most recent at the top. Calls of the same phone number are grouped together. Scroll to view earlier entries in the log. Call log. Or tap Contacts >
Phone >
Call log. Apps >
NOTE You can tap and hold the desired number in the call log list to select options such as Call, View contact, Edit number before call, Send text message, Add to contacts, Remove from call log. AUTHORITY 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 Missed call. Incoming call. Tap to open a group of calls to the same phone number. Outgoing call. Tap to dial this contact. Tap the number for more call details, or tap and hold the contact for more options. Calling a number from the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap Phone >
2. If you want to call a number directly, tap Call log. at the right of the entry. Or, select a contact > Tap If you want to edit a number before calling, tap and hold the desired entry, and then tap Edit number before call. Adding a phone number from your Call log to your the Contacts lists Phone >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the desired entry > Add to contacts. 3. In the list of contacts that opens, tap Create new contact or add to an existing contact. 4. Tap Done. Call log. Sending a text message from the Call log Call log. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact > Send text message. 3. Enter your message and tap Send. Phone >
AUTHORITY 33 Clearing the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap To remove just one entry from the Call log, tap and hold the entry. In the pop up menu, tap Remove from call log. Phone >
Clear call log > OK. Menu >
Call log. Filtering the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Filter. 3. Select Incoming calls, Outgoing calls, Missed calls or All calls. Phone >
Menu >
Call log. Viewing call statistics for your calls 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap To reset all data, tap Menu >
Call statistics. Menu >
Reset. Phone >
Call log. Listening to Your Voicemail Voicemail application is displayed only when phone calls are available. When you have a new voicemail message, appears in the Status bar. Calling your voicemail 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Voicemail. Calling your voicemail from the Dial Pad 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold 1. Phone. AUTHORITY 34 Using Voice Dialer You can use the Voice Search application or Voice Dialer application to place a phone call by speaking the name of a contact or a phone number. 1. From the Home screen, tap If you have a Bluetooth headset that supports voice-recognition or voice-dialing, you may be able to open Voice Search by pressing and holding your headsets main button and dial by voice using your headset. For details, see your headset manual. Voice Dialer. Apps >
2. The Voice Dialer opens, listens for your spoken instructions, and displays some hints for how to use it. 3. Say Call followed by the name of the contact to call. Or, follow one of the suggestions for dialing a number or controlling your phone in other ways. AUTHORITY 35 Contacts About Contacts Contacts give you quick and easy access to the people you want to reach. Contacts from Google accounts are also downloaded and synced with the Contact list. You can manage your communications with your contacts via phone, messaging, and email without the need to jump from one app to another. Opening Your Contacts Open Contacts to add, view, and communicate with your friends and acquaintances. 1. From the Home screen, tap All of your contacts are displayed alphabetically in a scrolling list. You can use the tab on the right hand side of the screen, or fl ick your fi nger up or down to scroll quickly. Contacts. Apps >
Getting Started Apps >
Menu >
Contacts. Adding a new contact 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. If you have more than one account, select an account, then enter the information for the contact. Tap Enter your contacts information. 4. Tap Done.
> Select Take photo or Select photo from Gallery to add a picture. New contact. AUTHORITY 36 Saving a phone number from the Dial Pad 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter the number > Tap 3. Tap Create new contact or an existing contact. 4. Enter the information for the contact > Tap Done. Phone. Menu >
Add to contacts. Storing a contact using Call log Apps >
Call log > Tap the number you want to save > Add to contacts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Create new contact or select an existing contact. 4. If you have more than one account, tap the account where you want to save the contact > Enter the information for the Contacts. contact > Tap Done. Importing / Exporting / Sharing contacts Importing contacts from your microSDTM card If you have contacts stored in vCard format on the microSDTM card, you can import them into Contacts on your phone. Apps >
Menu >
Contacts. Import/Export. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Import from SD card. 4. If you have more than one account on your phone, select the desired account. 5. Tap the option to Import one vCard fi le, Import multiple vCard fi les or Import all vCard fi les on the microSDTM card. 6. Tap OK to confi rm. The contacts are imported. Exporting contacts to your microSDTM card Contacts. Apps >
Menu >
Import/Export. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Export to SD card. 4. Tap OK to confi rm. This process creates a fi le containing all your contacts with a .vcf extension on your microSDTM card. Sharing visible contacts 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Share visible contacts > Select Menu >
Import/Export. Apps >
Contacts. Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Messaging or Share via barcode. AUTHORITY 37 Viewing details about a contact Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the contact whose details you want to view. 3. Tap the communication icon to start dialing, texting, or emailing the contact. Contacts. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tap to open Quick Contact. Add to favorites : To remove a contact from your favorites list, tap the gold star again. The star turns gray and the contact is removed from your favorites list. Tap to call. Tap to compose a text message. Tap to send an email. Tap to chat. Tap to view the address on Maps. Search for a contact 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Start entering the contacts name. Search or tap Menu >
Apps >
Contacts. Search. As you type, contacts with matching names appear below the search box. 4. Tap the matching contact in the list to open. AUTHORITY 38 Editing/Deleting Contacts Editing contact details 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact you want to edit > Tap Edit contact. 3. Edit the contact information. 4. Tap Done. Contacts. Apps >
Setting a contacts default phone number/email Setting a contacts default phone number The default phone number is used when you initiate a call or text message by tapping and holding a contact. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the desired contact > Tap and hold the phone number to designate it as the default phone number. 3. Tap Make default number. The default phone number is indicated with a checkmark. Contacts. Setting a contacts default email The default email is used when you send an email from the list by tapping and holding a contact. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the desired contact > Tap and hold the email address to designate it as the default email address. 3. Tap Make default email. The default email is indicated with a checkmark. Contacts. Setting a ringtone for a contact Apps >
Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the desired contact. 3. Tap Tap a ringtone from the list to play when the contact calls. A sample of the ringtone is played. 4. Tap OK. Options > Ringtone. Menu >
Adding a contact to your favorites 1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts. 2. Tap and hold the desired contact > Add to favorites. To remove a contact from your favorites list, tap and hold the contact > Remove from favorites. Apps >
AUTHORITY 39 Joining contacts Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the contact you want to save. The others will merge into this fi le. This is the contact you will see in contacts after joining. 3. Tap 4. Tap the contact you want to join with the fi rst contact. The information from the second contact is added to the fi rst contact, Edit contact > Tap Contacts. Menu >
Menu >
Join. and the second contact is hidden. Separating contacts Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the contact you want to separate. Menu >
3. Tap 4. The contact information is split into separate contacts. Edit contact > Tap Contacts. Menu >
Separate > OK. Deleting a contact 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact you want to delete > Delete contact. Contacts. Apps >
Or tap the contact you want to delete > Tap Menu >
Delete contact. 3. Tap OK. Communicating Sending text message 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact you want to send > Text contact. The Primary Phone Number is used, or you are prompted to choose a phone number. Contacts. Apps >
Making calls 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact to call > Call contact. The Primary Phone Number is used, or you are prompted to choose a phone number. Contacts. Apps >
AUTHORITY 40 Map of contacts 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the desired contact > Tap the 3. Select Cricket Navigator or Maps > The mapping application will be opened. place icon of the address. Contacts. Apps >
Connecting by using Quick Contact Apps >
Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the icon or photo next to your desired contact > Tap the desired communication method. Only the icons relevant to your contacts data are displayed. If there are too many icons to fi t on the screen, drag to the left or right to select an icon. AUTHORITY 41 Account Setting Working with Google accounts Apps >
Menu >
Contacts. Accounts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap After registering your Google account, your online Google contacts are synchronized to your phone. Changes made online or on the phone are automatically synchronized and updated in both locations. This address book will be used throughout the user interface. If you register two or more accounts, you can merge address books from the multiple accounts into one address book. Contact List Display Options Menu >
Contacts. Apps >
Display options. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Only contacts with phones: Only contacts with phone numbers are shown in the contacts list. Sort list by: Select First name or Last name. View contact names as: Select First name fi rst or Last name fi rst. Choose contacts to display: Tap an account to open its list of groups. Check or uncheck the groups you want to display in the contact list. 3. Tap Done. AUTHORITY 42 Groups Assign contacts to groups to easily send a message or email to a whole group. You can also sync groups on your phone with your Google groups, which are accessible via the web browser of your computer. Viewing contact groups 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to view. Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. Apps >
Creating a new group 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Enter a name for the group > Tap Done. 5. Select the contacts you want to add to the group > Tap Done. Group > Select the account you want. Menu >
New group. Contacts. Adding a contact to an existing group Apps >
Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold a contact you want to edit > Tap Group. 3. Select or deselect groups using the checkboxes. 4. Tap OK. Adding contacts to the group on the group list Apps >
Contacts. Group > Select the account you want. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to select. Menu > Add member. 4. Tap 5. Add or remove group contacts by checking or un-checking the boxes. 6. Tap Done. Sending a group message NOTE Group messages are billed according to the number of messages sent to each individual group member. Meaning a single message sent to a group of 5 people will be billed as 5 messages. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. AUTHORITY 43 3. Tap the desired group > Tap Menu > Send group message. Or, tap and hold the group you want > Send group message. 4. Select recipients > Tap Done. The list is shown with only contacts with phone numbers of the group. Select members to whom you want to send a message. The top checkbox is used for selecting or deselecting all group members at once. If more than 40 recipients are selected, the outgoing messages will be batched in groups of 40. 5. Compose the message and tap Send. Renaming a group 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to rename > Tap Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. Or tap and hold the group you want to rename > Rename group. Menu > Rename group. 4. Enter a name for the group > Tap Done. The renamed group list is shown as part of the group list. Deleting a group 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to delete > Tap Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. Or tap and hold the group you want to delete > Delete group> OK. Deleting a group does not delete the contacts contained within the group. Menu > Delete group > OK. NOTE You can only delete groups you have created. AUTHORITY 44 Messaging About Messaging Use Messaging to send text messages (SMS) and multimedia messages (MMS) to other mobile phones and email addresses. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Messaging. On the Messaging screen, your sent and received messages are neatly grouped into conversations, by contact names or phone number. You can:
Scroll up or down the list of conversations by fl icking your fi nger on the screen. Tap a contact name or number to view the conversation history. Tap the photo or to open additional menu options. Sending Messages Sending a Text Message NOTE Depending on your billing plan, if you exceed the single text message character limit, you will be billed for multiple messages. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New message. Or tap 3. Enter the phone number in the To fi eld. Fill in one or more recipients. You can:
Enter the fi rst few letters of a contact name or phone number. Matching contacts are displayed. Continue typing or tap a name or phone number from the search results. Messaging. Compose. 4. Tap Type to compose > Enter your message. Tap Menu to see more options. Add subject Attach Send Insert smiley Discard Add subject. Attach Media Files or a Slideshow within the message. Send your message. Insert a smiley in the message. Delete the message in progress. AUTHORITY 45 All threads Go back to text messaging inbox. 5. Tap Send. Tap Back to save the message as a draft. NOTE Your text message automatically becomes a multimedia message on below condition:
Compose a message over 160 characters Add subject Attach an item Sending a multimedia message (MMS) To compose a multimedia message, start by creating a new text message. Then simply add an attachment. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New message. Or tap 3. Enter the phone number in the To fi eld. Or select recipients from the contact list. 4. Tap Type to compose > Enter your message. 5. Tap Attach > Choose the type of attachment. Messaging. Compose. Menu >
Pictures Capture picture Videos Capture video Audio Record audio Slideshow vCard Select a photo. Capture a new photo. Select a video. Record a new video. Select an audio fi le. Record a new audio fi le. Create a slideshow from up to 10 of your photos. Select a contact card. 6. From the message body, tap:
View: To view the attached item. Replace: To change attached fi les. Remove: To remove attached fi les. 7. Tap Send MMS. Tap Back to save it as a draft. Resuming a draft message Messaging. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the message indicated by Draft to resume editing. 3. When you fi nish editing, tap Send. Apps >
AUTHORITY 46 Reading Messages Apps >
Messaging. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a message thread. 3. Tap and hold an individual message to see more options. Lock/Unlock message Call ***
Add *** to Contacts Forward Copy message text View message details Delete message To lock/unlock a message. To call the message sender. (Only on incoming messages) To save the phone number or email address to Contacts. (Only on incoming messages) To forward a message. Enter a recipient, edit the content of the message as needed > Tap Send. To copy text from a message. To view details about a message. To delete a message. Deleting a message thread Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the message thread > Delete thread. If you want delete all message threads, tap 3. Tap Delete. Messaging. Menu >
Delete threads. Searching messages 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the search term > Tap Menu >
. Apps >
Messaging. Search or tap Search. Replying to a message 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the received message > Tap Type to compose > Enter your message. 3. Tap Send. Messaging. Apps >
AUTHORITY 47 Receiving Emergency Alerts Messages Emergency Alerts service allows you to receive automatic alerts in times of crisis. (e.g., earthquake, hurricanes, etc.) Wireless Emergency Alerts (WEA), also known as CMAS, is a part of a national alerting system called IPAWS (Integrated Public Alert and Warning System) that enables emergency management offi cials to rapidly disseminate the warnings and safety information via text alerts to wireless phones based on the phones geographic location, The Federal Emergency Management Agency or FEMA is responsible for receiving the alerting information and forwarding the alerts to participating wireless carriers such as Sprint. Such alerts may come from the President of the United States; the National Weather Service, state or county public safety offi cials. This system is integrated into the same national alerting services that serve television and radio today. For more information regarding WEA/CMAS please go to: FEMA website. http://www.fema.gov/emergency/ipaws/projects.shtm#6 Receiving Emergency Alerts Messages 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Emergency alerts message you want to view. Apps >
Messaging. Emergency alert icon. is displayed in the Status bar. If Presidential Emergency Alert, Emergency alert messages are indicated with If Emergency alert arrives on your phone during a call, Emergency alert icon fl ashes. If non-Presidential, Emergency alert icon is static icon. ONLY the Presidential Emergency Alert icon is displayed under the Time/Date on the unlock/lock screen. If you are on a Emergency alert message screen in the Messaging application, the following options are removed or disabled :
Reply, Forward, and Call. If you have power cycled your phone and a Presidential Emergency Alert has NOT been viewed, the Presidential Emergency Alert icon will continue to fl ash when the device is powered on again. AUTHORITY 48 Changing Messaging Settings Apps >
Messaging. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Settings. Menu >
Storage settings Delete old messages Text message limit Multimedia message limit Check to delete older messages in a thread when messaging memory or thread limits are reached. Uncheck to keep all messages. You may need to manually delete messages if the messaging memory limit is reached. Tap to set the number of messages to save per message thread. When the limit is reached, older text messages are deleted if Delete old messages is checked. Tap to set the number of multimedia messages to save per message thread. When the limit is reached, older multimedia messages are deleted if Delete old messages is checked. Text message (SMS) settings Delivery reports Check to request a delivery report for each message you send. Multimedia message (MMS) settings Delivery reports Auto-retrieve Roaming auto-retrieve Notifi cation settings Notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Signature Check to request a delivery report for each message you send. Uncheck to download only the heading of multimedia messages. You will need to tap the MMS message heading and manually download each MMS message. Check to retrieve messages automatically while roaming. Check to be notifi ed in Status bar whenever you receive a new message. Select a ringtone to sound when you receive new message notifi cations. Set the phone to vibrate every time you receive a new message notifi cation, only when silent mode, or never. Enable Signature Signature Text Check to enable signature. Enter a signature to append to outgoing messages. Receive Emergency Alerts Received Alerts Alert Reminder Vibrate Set to receive Extreme, Severe or Amber Emergency Alerts. Select Once, Every 2 minutes or Every 15 minutes. Check to vibrate when notifi ed. AUTHORITY 49 Google Gmail Opening your Inbox and Reading your Gmail The inbox is your default Gmail view. All your received emails are delivered to your inbox. Gmail. Apps >
to star the email. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the email you want to read. Tap If the sender is a friend in Google Talk, you can see your friends online status. Tap Archive to archive the message. Tap Delete to delete the message from your inbox. Tap Tap or Menu to see more options(
to see the previous or next message in the list. Change labels, Mark read/Mark unread, Mark important/Not important, Go to inbox, Mute, More(Add star/Remove star, Report spam, Settings, Help, Select text)). Replying to or forwarding an email message Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. When reading a message, To reply to the sender, tap To reply to all message recipients, tap To forward the message, tap
. Gmail.
. AUTHORITY 50 Sending a new email Gmail. Compose. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Enter a name or address in the To fi eld. To send the email to several recipients, separate each email address with a comma. 4. Enter a subject in the Subject fi eld. 5. Type the message text in the Compose Mail fi eld. To attach an image fi le, tap Menu >
6. Tap To save the message as a draft, Tap Attach > Select the picture you want to attach. Menu >
Send. Save draft. Menu >
or tap or tap Working with Multiple Email Messages You can archive, delete or label groups of email messages at the same time. Gmail. Apps >
check the box next to the email messages you want to work with. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, Tap Archive to move messages out of your inbox without deleting. Archived emails are assigned the All Mail label. Tap Delete to delete selected messages. Tap Labels > Select the labels that you want to assign > Tap OK. Or tap Mark read/Mark unread, Add star/Remove star, Mark important/Not important, Menu > To Report spam, Mute, More(Deselect all, Help, About). Switching between Google accounts If you have set up two or more Google Accounts on your phone, you can switch between them in Gmail. Gmail displays only one Google Account at a time. The current account is shown at the top right of any message list. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Tap the account that you want to view. You can also tap the account name at the top of the screen to see a list of your Apps >
Menu >
Accounts. Gmail. accounts. AUTHORITY 51 Searching for email messages All fi elds of your email messages are searchable. Search will include all your Gmail Messages, not just those that synchronized to your phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Enter a search term > Tap Your previous searches are shown below the search box. Apps >
Menu >
Gmail. Search or tap
. Search. Labeling email messages You can organize your emails by label. Gmail has preset labels. Or you can create your own labels in Gmail when viewed on a computer. (Note: Custom label colors created on the web are not supported on your phone). Labeling an email 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. When reading a message, tap 3. Select a label > Tap OK. Apps >
Gmail. Menu >
Change labels. Viewing emails by label 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Tap a label to view matching email messages. Apps >
Menu >
Gmail. Go to labels. Starring/un-starring an email message You can star an important email to make it easy to fi nd again. Starred emails are assigned the Starred labels. Apps >
Gmail. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, Tap Tap to star a message. to un-star a message. NOTE Google services (Gmail, Google Talk, etc.) are a data-intensive feature. Cricket recommends that you upgrade to an unlimited data plan to avoid additional data charges. AUTHORITY 52 Google Talk Use Google Talk to send instant messages to other Google Talk users anywhere they are logged in. Signing in or out of Talk Opening Talk and Signing in 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Talk. When you fi rst open Talk, your friends list is displayed. NOTE: When you fi rst turn on your phone and sign in to your Google Account, you are automatically signed in to Google Talk. You will remain signed in, even while youre using other applications, until you deliberately sign out. Talk syncs data only from the fi rst Google Account you added to your phone. Signing out of Talk 1. From the Talk friends list, tap Menu >
Sign out. Updating Your Online Status, Profi le Picture, and Status Message Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Talk. 2. Tap your name at the top of the Talk friends list. Tap your picture > Remove to delete the image or Change to select another picture from your microSDTM card. Tap the online status bar > Select your online status: Available, Busy, or Invisible. Enter a new status message. 3. Tap Done. Your picture, online status, and message will be updated anywhere your Talk status is displayed. Adding and managing friends list Online Status Indicators Available Away Busy Offl ine Monitoring online status The Talk friends list is sorted by online status: active chats, online, away, busy, and offl ine. Within each status group, friends are listed alphabetically. Icons in Google Talk, Gmail, Maps, and other applications indicate Talk status. Adding a friend to your friends list Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Talk. AUTHORITY 53 Menu >
2. Tap 3. Enter a Google Talk ID or a Gmail address > Send invitation. Add friend. When your friend accepts the invitation, the friend is added to your Talk contacts list. To view a list of pending invitations to friends, tap Menu >
More > Invites. Accepting chat invitations When you are added to a friends Talk contact list, you will receive a notifi cation and an invitation appears in your friends list. Talk. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From the Talk friends list, tap Chat invitation. Tap Accept to accept the invitation. The friend is added to your friend list. Tap Cancel if you dont want to chat or share your Talk status with the sender. Tap Block to block and add the sender to your blocked users list. Viewing all friends or most popular friends 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap When viewing All friends, tap Menu >
Apps >
Talk. All friends to view all your friends. Menu >
Most popular to view only friends that you often chat with. Managing a friend 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold a friends name to see more options (Start chat/Go to chat/End chat, Friend info, Block friend, Remove friend, Apps >
Talk. View contact, Always show friend/Auto show friend, Hide friend). NOTE Block friend: This option will block a user from sending you messages and add the user to your blocked friends list. Always show friend: This setting will add the friend to your Most popular list. To remove a friend from the Most popular list, tap and hold the friends name then tap > Auto show friend. Chatting with friends Chatting with a friend 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap an online friend. 3. Enter your message in the text box > Send. Apps >
Talk. Accepting an invitation to chat When a friend sends you a Talk message, you receive a notifi cation. There are 2 ways to respond:
On your friends list, tap the friend who sent you the chat invitation or Open the notifi cations panel and tap the chat notifi cation. AUTHORITY 54 Adding another friend to your chat 1. When youre chatting with a friend, tap 2. Tap a friend to invite. Menu >
Add to chat. This will start a new group chat for all parties. Only those who accept the new chat invitation will be joined to the group chat. Switching between active chats You can switch between multiple active chats. 1. When youre chatting with a friend, Tap Or swipe left or right across the screen to switch between chats. Switch chats > Tap the desired active chat. Menu >
On the record or off the record your chats You can make your chats on the record or off the record. 1. When youre chatting with a friend, tap Or tap Chat on record. Chat off record to make your chats off the record. Menu >
Menu >
Ending your current chat 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any chat window, tap Apps >
Menu >
Talk. End chat. Talk settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
Talk. General settings Notifi cation settings About Automatically sign in Mobile indicator Automatic away-status Clear search history IM notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Invitation notifi cations Terms & privacy Automatically sign in to Google Talk when you turn your phone on. When selected, your status will indicate you are using Google Talk on your mobile phone. Set your status to away when your phones display is off . Clear previous Google Talk chat searches from showing up in the Search box. Show a notifi cation icon in Status bar when you have a new message. Select the Google Talk Notifi cation ringtone. Set to vibrate the phone when a new Google Talk message arrives. Notify in Status bar when friend invitations are received. Read detailed Google Talk legal Terms and privacy statements. AUTHORITY 55 Google+
With Google+, you can not only share your thoughts and location but also upload your photos or videos. Apps >
Google+. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the category you want; Stream, Messenger, Photos, Profi le or Circles. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Settings to set Google+. Send feedback to submit your feedback. Sign out to sign out. Help to get help and details on how to use Google+. Privacy policy to view Google service privacy policy. Terms of service to view Google terms of service. to search for posts. to create a post. to view notifi cations. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Messenger With Messenger application, you can chat with your friends directly. Apps >
Messenger. to start conversation with friends. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap to go to Google+ screen. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Settings to set Google+. Send feedback to submit your feedback. Help to get help and details on how to use Messenger. AUTHORITY 56 Maps Use Maps to fi nd your current location and get directions. You can search for addresses, landmarks and businesses directly on a street map or satellite image. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Maps. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings Opening and viewing Maps Viewing your location 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap
. Apps >
Maps. shows your location on the map and points north for your reference. Using Maps 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. While viewing a map, swipe to any direction on the screen. Apps >
Maps. Zooming in and out of a map Apps >
Maps. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. To Zoom In/Out of a map, Tap Tap or double-tap on the map to zoom in. to zoom out. Viewing a map in Compass mode Apps >
. Maps. icon will turn into 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. To view a map in compass mode, tap The icon. 3. Tap The map will orient itself in the direction youre facing and shift from an overhead view to a more angled view. To exit Compass mode, tap
. Viewing location details Viewing information for a location Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. While viewing a map, tap and hold a location, starred place, or a search result on the map. A balloon opens over the location, with summary information. Maps. AUTHORITY 57 3. Tap the balloon to see the address or more information. Starring or un-starring a location Add a Star to bookmark and easily return to a map location. 1. While viewing detail information for a location, Tap Tap to star the location. to un-star the location. Viewing a location in Street view Street view mode provides a street-level view of the location. Street view may not be available for all areas. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. While viewing detailed information for a location, tap To view surrounding areas, swipe the screen in any direction. Apps >
Maps. Searching for a location You can search Google Maps for specifi c locations, company names, or business types. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the search criteria. As you type, suggested matches from your contacts, the web, and previously searched items are Search to open the Search Maps. Search or tap Menu >
Apps >
Maps. to search or displayed. Tap Tap a suggested search term. 4. The search results are displayed as Tap markers and titles to view more information. Tap markers with letter labels on the map. to show the search results as a list > Tap each item to see more information. Viewing map layers Initially, Google Maps opens with a street map. You can view additional map layers, such as satellite images and traffi c information. You can also view custom Web created Google Maps. Apps >
. A dialog opens with a list of layers. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Turn layers on or off by tapping the layer name. A check mark indicates the layer is selected. Tap Clear Map to deselect all layers. Maps. Layers may change the map entirely or overlay additional information. Tap icons or interactive items to explore diff erent layer types. AUTHORITY 58 Getting directions 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Use your current location as the starting point, or enter a location in the Start point fi eld. Directions. Menu >
Apps >
Maps. Or tap to select an address from your contacts, a point that you tap on a map, or My Places. 4. Enter your destination in the End point fi eld. Or tap to select an address from your contacts, a point that you tap on the map, or My Places. or or 5. Tap to select your transportation method > Tap Get directions. Places Use Google Places to explore your current location. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Places. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings Searching Places. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the place category you want to search. To add a search category, tap 3. The search results display in a list, with their approximate distance and direction. Tap to see your results on a map. Tap a place to view more information. Add a search. Menu >
Navigation Navigation is an internet-connected GPS navigation system with voice guidance. Navigation provides both spoken and on-screen turn-by-turn driving directions. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Navigation. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings AUTHORITY 59 Opening & Using Navigation There are many ways to view the map and travel progress while in Navigation mode. See the Changing Views section below for more information. Navigating with Turn by Turn Directions when viewing driving directions in Google Maps. Map to begin tracking your journey, even if you havent chosen a destination. Apps >
Navigation or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Customize your navigation settings for highways or tolls by tapping Tap 3. From the list of destination options, Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap a recent destination to select the previous destination. Speak destination to search the destination with voice. Type destination to enter the destination. Contacts to use a contacts address information. Starred places to select the destination from starred places. A map opens with your route drawn in blue. Specifi c instructions are listed at the top of the screen. As you navigate your route, each direction is spoken in turn, and the next turn is displayed. Your current location is shown as a blue arrow on the map, which is updated as you navigate your route. Google Navigation downloads and temporarily stores a copy of the directions and other information about your route on the phone, so if you lose your connection to a data network, you can still navigate to your destination. You can control the volume of the spoken instructions with directions, tap Menu >
Mute. Volume up /
Volume down. To turn off the spoken Previewing your route 1. From an active navigation, tap the directional instruction banner at the top of the screen. 2. Tap to preview the next or previous segment of your route. or When you preview a route, tap to switch to the street-level view of your route. Changing views of your route You can view your progress on your route as a map with diff erent informational layers. Zoom in and out or drag to view adjacent areas. You can also view your progress in Satellite or Street View. Menu > Layers to switch to views traffi c or a Satellite View, or to show the locations of parking, restaurants, and 1. While viewing an active navigation, Tap other landmarks along your route. Tap information, and more. Tap Drag the map to view adjacent areas, or tap the map to see controls for zooming in and out. while on the Route Info screen to view each turn as a scrolling list of written directions. Menu > Route Info for a high-level summary of your route, with options to pick a new route, see traffi c AUTHORITY 60 Finding an alternate route If traffi c is slow on your current route, or if you just want to try a diff erent route, you can request an alternate route from the Google Maps Navigation service. 1. From an active navigation, 2. Tap 3. Select the alternate route youd like to use to resume turn-by-turn guidance. Menu > Route Info >
. Exiting Navigation You can exit Navigation mode when you reach your destination, or at any time by tapping Menu > Exit Navigation. Latitude Latitude allows you to share your location with friends and view their locations on a map. Your location is not shared automatically. You must join Latitude, and then invite your friends to view your location or accept their invitations. Only friends that you have explicitly invited or accepted can see your location. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Latitude. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings Joining and opening Latitude 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. The fi rst time you join Latitude, youre prompted to accept or reject the Google privacy policy. Latitude. Apps >
Adding friends Add friends to Latitude to share your location with them and request to see their location. Only friends you have explicitly invited or accepted can see your location within Latitude. Inviting friends or tap Latitude. Apps >
Add friends. 1. From the Home screen, tap Menu >
2. Tap Tap Select from Contacts > Select contacts to invite > When asked to confi rm, Yes. Or tap Add via email address > Enter one or more email addresses, separated by , > Add friends > When asked to confi rm, Yes. Or tap to add a friend from suggested friends list > Yes. If your friends are current Latitude users, they will appear at the top of your Google Contacts lists with a Latitude AUTHORITY 61 icon. Current users will receive email request and a request within Latitude. If your friends arent using Latitude, theyll receive a location request email, but they must sign into Latitude with a supported Google account before they can accept your request. If you invite a friend who is not using a Google ID, you or your friends will need to re-send any location requests once they have signed into Latitude with a supported Google account. Responding to an invitation Apps >
Latitude. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New sharing request. Tap Accept and share back to share locations between you and your friend. Tap Accept, but hide my location to see the friends location, and hide your location. Tap Dont accept to reject the request. Viewing friends locations and managing friends You can view your friends locations on a map or in a list. When you open Latitude, you are shown list of your Latitude friends with location summaries. When you open Maps, your friends locations are shown. Each friend is represented by a photo and arrow indicating their approximate location. If a friend has chosen to share only city-level location details, the friends photo is shown in the friends city center location. Viewing friends profi le While using Map mode, tap the friends photo. Your friends name appears in a balloon. Tap the balloon. From the Latitude friends list, tap a friend. Managing friends communication and privacy options Apps >
Latitude. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From a friends profi le, Tap Tap Tap Tap the friends photo to open Quick contact where you can view contact details, send an email, and more. Tap Sharing options to change sharing options for the friend. to view the friends location on the map. to get directions to the friends location. to view the friends location in street view. Share best available location Share only city level location Hide from this friend Share your precise location information. Share only your city location, not a street-level location. Your friend will see your picture in the middle of your current city. Stop sharing your location with this friend. Tap Remove this friend to remove the friend from your list and stop sharing locations. AUTHORITY 62 Privacy settings Only the last location sent to Latitude is stored by Google. If you turn off Latitude or are hiding, no location is stored. To change your privacy settings:
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
Location Settings. Menu >
Latitude. Location reporting Detect your location Location history Latitude location sharing Set your location Do not update your location Retrieving settings Manage your friends Sign out of Latitude Let Latitude detect and update your location as you move. The update frequency is determined by several factors, including your phones battery level and how recently your location has been updated. Choose from several methods and set your location manually. Hide your location from all your friends. Store your past locations and visualize them on the Latitude website. Add or remove friends who can see your location. Disable Latitude and stop sharing your location and status. You can always join Latitude again. AUTHORITY 63 Calendar The Calendar application data on your phone syncs with the web-based Google Calendar service. It is also compatible with Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Calendar. Opening Calendar 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Calendar. Events are color coded to enable you to distinguish between multiple calendars. Events times are shown using your local time zone, which is provided by your active mobile network. When traveling, you may want to set a home time zone in Calendar. Creating an event Events created on your phone will be synced to Google Calendar or Microsoft Exchange automatically. Menu >
Calendar. More > New event. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
2. There are two ways to create an event:
Tap In Day, Week, or Month view, tap and hold the screen at the date and/or time you want > New event. 3. Enter the name, time, location, description, and optional additional details for your event. If you have more than one calendar, choose the calendar to which to add the event. In the Guests fi eld, enter email addresses of anyone you want to invite. Separate multiple addresses with commas ( , ). If your invitees use Google Calendar, theyll receive an invitation in Calendar and by email. If the event occurs on a regular basis, tap the Repetition box and choose the reoccurrence information. Tap Tap 4. Tap Done. to add reminders. You can set multiple for an event. Menu >
Show extra options to add additional details about the event. AUTHORITY 64 Viewing calendar and events Changing calendar view When you open Calendar, Month view is shown by default. You can also view the Calendar by Agenda, Day, or Week. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu > Choose the type of view that you want. Apps >
Calendar. Day Week Month Agenda Today More Displays a chart of the events of one day, in a table of one-hour rows. All-day and multiday events are displayed at the top. Each event is displayed at the corresponding time. Swipe left or right to change dates, and swipe up or down to view earlier or later times. Displays one week calendar. All-day and multiday events are displayed at the top. Swipe left or right to change weeks, and swipe up or down to view earlier or later times. Displays a chart of the events of the month. Events are shown as blue bars on each calendar date. Swipe left or right to change months. A list of your events in chronological order. All-day and multiday events are listed at the start of each day. Days without events are not shown. Flick up or down to view earlier or later events. Displays a chart of the events of today. You can select New event, Calendars or Settings. Viewing event details In Day, Week, or Agenda view, tap an event. In Month view, tap a day to switch to Day view > Tap an event. Search for an agenda 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Start entering the agenda name you want to view. Apps >
Search. Calendar. As you type, agendas with matching names appear below the search box. 4. Tap the matching agenda in the list to view it. Editing or deleting an event 1. In event details view, tap 2. Make your changes to the event > Tap Done. To delete the event, tap Menu >
Menu >
Delete event > Tap OK. Edit event to edit the event. Sharing an event 1. In event details view, tap 2. Tap the application to use to share the event. Menu >
Share to share the event. AUTHORITY 65 Synchronizing and displaying calendars You can select which calendars to show or hide on your phones Calendar, and which ones to synchronize. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
More > Calendars. Menu >
Calendar. All the calendars youve added or subscribed to are displayed. (Calendars for accounts youve confi gured not to synchronize are not included in the list.) 3. Tap the icon next to a calendar to change storage and visibility settings. Calendar events stored on phone and visible in Calendar Calendar events stored on phone but not visible in Calendar Calendar events not synchronized to phone 4. Tap OK. Changing Calendar settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
More > Settings. Menu >
Calendar. Calendar view setting Hide declined events Check if you dont want to see events to which youve declined invitations. Use home time zone Displays calendars and event times in your home time zone when traveling. Home time zone If Use home time zone is checked, you can set home time zone. First day of week Select Saturday, Sunday or Monday. Week number setting Display week number Check if you want to see week number in Calendar. Reminder settings First week of year If Display week number is checked, you can set fi rst week of year. Set alerts & notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Confi gure event reminders. Select which ringtone will sound when you receive an event reminder. Confi gure the phone to vibrate whenever you receive an event reminder. Default reminder time Select the default reminder time used when creating new calendar events. AUTHORITY 66 News & Weather The News & Weather application off ers updates on current events and local weather forecasts. Viewing the weather information Apps >
News & Weather. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Weather at the top of the screen. Or fl ick left across the screen to switch to Weather view. 3. Tap the weather summary for a more detailed forecast. Tap a time on the weather graph for a detailed, hour-by-hour forecast. Tap the weather detail screen to return the weather summary. Tap Refresh to get the latest information. Menu >
Reading news articles 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a news category at the top of the screen. Or swipe left or right across the screen to switch news categories. Tap 3. Tap a headline to view a detailed news article in your browser. Refresh to get the latest information. News & Weather. Menu >
Apps >
News & Weather settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
News & Weather. Weather settings Use my location News settings Set location Use metric Select news topics Prefetch articles Prefetch images News terms of service Mobile privacy policy Use the phones location service to determine your location when displaying weather information. When Use my location is unchecked, tap to specify the location for weather information by entering a city or postal code. Toggle metric/imperial units. Select the categories of news to include in the scrolling list of News & Weather tabs. You can also tap Custom topic to enter specifi c topics. Download news articles so that they open more quickly and are available when you dont have a data connection. Prefetch news images in addition to news text, when the headlines are downloaded. This setting is only available when Prefetch articles is checked. Details about the terms of service for Google News. Display the Google Mobile Privacy Policy. AUTHORITY 67 Refresh settings Auto-refresh Refresh interval Update information automatically, at the frequency you set with Refresh interval. For automatic refresh to work, you must also have Background Data turned on in the Settings application. Set how often to update the News & Weather automatically, if Auto-refresh is checked. Displays the date and time of the last refresh. Refresh status Displays the application version installed on your phone. Application version Play Store Play Store provides direct access to applications and games to download and install on your phone. To access Play Store, you must fi rst sign into your Google account using a Wi-Fi or data connection. When you open Play Store for the fi rst time, you must read and accept the terms of service to continue. Finding applications Browsing applications You can browse and sort applications by category. Apps >
Play Store. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap GAMES, BOOKS & REFERENCE, BUSINESS or COMICS, etc. at the left of the Play Store screen. Scroll to view subcategories and tap one to explore. 3. Tap the subcategory you want. Searching for applications 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the name or type of app youre looking for > Tap at the top right of the screen, or tap Play Store. Apps >
Search. Viewing details about an application 1. While browsing Play Store, or in a list of search results, tap an application to view more details. Application details screens include a description, ratings, and specifi c information about the application. The Comments tab includes comments from people who have used the application. You can download and install an application from this screen. AUTHORITY 68 Installing applications Installing an application 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the application you want to purchase and view the application details. 3. Tap Install to download and install the application. Play Store. Apps >
For paid applications, the Install button is labeled with the applications price. Tap the price to buy the application. The subsequent screen notifi es you whether the app will require access to your personal information or access to certain functions or settings of your phone. 4. Tap Accept & download to begin downloading and installing the app. If you selected a paid app, you will be redirected to the Google Checkout screen to pay for the app before its downloaded to your phone. NOTE Be cautious when downloading apps that have access to phone functionality or a significant amount of personal data. Youre responsible for the results of using downloaded apps on your phone. Creating a Google Checkout account You must have a Google Checkout account to purchase items from Play Store. You can set up a Checkout account with your fi rst purchase from Play Store. In a web browser, go to http://checkout.google.com to create a Google Checkout account. From the phone, you will be prompted to enter your billing and credit card information when you buy your fi rst application from Play Store. NOTE Once youve purchased something from Play Store, the phone remembers your password, so you dont need to enter it the next time. Be sure to secure your phone with a password to prevent unauthorized purchases. Managing your downloads Viewing downloaded applications Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap My Apps. Menu >
Play Store. In the list of the free and paid applications that opens, you can tap an application to rate it, uninstall it, request a refund, and more. Updating an application You can update downloaded applications. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Update > Accept & download. 4. Tap the explanation that best matches why youre installing > Tap Open or tap My Apps > Tap the application to update. Play Store. Back. The application is installed. You can uninstall the application again at any time. If you paid to buy the application, you will not be charged again. AUTHORITY 69 Uninstalling an application You can uninstall applications from Play Store. You can also uninstall downloaded applications from the Settings. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Menu >
2. Tap 3. Tap Uninstall > OK. 4. Tap the explanation that best matches why youre uninstalling > Tap OK. My Apps > Tap the application to uninstall. Play Store. The application is uninstalled. You can install the application again at any time. If you paid to buy the application, you will not be charged again. Play Books You can search books you want and enjoy reading books on your phone with Play Books application. If you arent signed in to your Google account, you must fi rst sign into your Google account using a Wi-Fi or data connection to access Play Books. Opening Play Books Apps >
Play Books. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the book you want to read. Tap Tap Tap Tap Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Sort order to sort the books by Date, Title or Author. Manage My Books to remove a book from the My Books shelf or manage your downloaded books. Refresh to refresh the current page. Accounts to select the desired account or add account. Finding books Browsing Play Store Apps >
Play Books. 1. From the Home screen, tap to open Play Store. 2. Tap 3. Tap at the top right of the screen, or tap 4. Enter the title, author or keyword of the book you want > Tap 5. Scroll through the search results and tap a book to view details about the book. Search. AUTHORITY 70 Searching for books Apps >
at the top right of the screen, or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the title or author of the book youre looking for > Tap
. 4. Scroll through the search results from My Books or Google eBooks. Play Books. Search. Reading a book Viewing contents of the book Menu >
Contents. 1. While reading a book, tap 2. Scroll through the contents of the book and tap the chapter you want to read. Tap the screen to see the title and author of the books on the top of the screen and the controls. Drag the slider to go directly to a specifi c chapter of a book. Changing reading settings 1. While reading a book, tap 2. Set Text size, Line space, Typeface, Justifi cation, Themes or Brightness. Settings. Menu >
Going to original pages 1. While reading a book, tap 2. You can read the original pages of the book. Tap Menu >
Menu >
Flowing text to return to the text mode. Original pages. Searching in the book 1. While reading a book, tap 2. You can search words in the book. Menu >
Search. Sharing a book 1. While reading a book, tap 2. Select Bluetooth, Using other functions Menu >
Share. Email, Gmail or Messaging. Menu >
1. While reading a book, tap 2. Tap My library or Help. My library: Scroll through the books you downloaded and tap a book to read it. Help : Tap one of the items shown below:
More. Quick tips Help center Contact us Report a problem You can see quick tips for using Google Books on Android. You can learn how to make the most of Google Books on Android. You can get help with issues reading Google Books on your Android device. You can report a problem about typo or other error in a book. AUTHORITY 71 Play Books settings Customize your Play Books settings to optimize your reading experience. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
Play Books. Storage location About Terms of Service Privacy Policy Open source licenses Set the location to store your books. You can select microSDTM card or internal storage. Show the version of Play Books application on your phone. Read the Mobile Terms of Service. Read the Mobile Privacy Policy. Check out license details for open source software and fonts. Easy Installer You can install apps from apk fi les on the microSDTM card with Easy Installer. Apps >
Easy Installer. Opening Easy Installer 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. You can see apk fi les on your microSDTM card. Type app name in the textbox to search the apps that you want to install. Tap Clear to delete the entire entry. Tap Un/Check All, More(Feedback, Featured Apps, About, Help, Remove Ad)). to see more options(
Menu or tap Delete, Sort, Setting, Scan Apps or Installing apk fi les on the microSDTM card Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Check apps that you want to install > Tap Install Selected Apps. Tap and hold the specifi ed app in the list to view a pop-up menu. You can select Install, Exclude this path, Delete, Send or Search Google Market. Easy Installer. 3. Tap Install to install the app. Or tap Cancel to cancel the installation. If your phone is set to block installation of apps not obtained from Play Store, you can check Unknown sources in the Application settings and then install apps. AUTHORITY 72 Easy Installer settings 1. From the Home screen, tap
2. Tap Menu or tap Easy Installer. Apps >
Setting. System Installer Scan Feedback Share Update Notifi cation Bar Icon Automatically Startup Save Sort-By Type Clear Cache Excluded Paths Scan On Startup Scan On SD Mounted Regularly Remind Remind Frequency Scan Hidden Directories Max Scan Depth Feedback Share With Friends More Applications Automatically Update Check if you want to show notifi cation bar icon to switch quickly. Check if you want to start up automatically when boot your phone. Check it to save sort-by type as default when changed. You can clear apk scan cache, and it will lead to re-scan the microSDTM card in the next open. Manage excluded paths. Check to scan automatically apps from external storage on system startup. Check to scan automatically apps on external storage mounted. Check to remind users to scan apps frequently. If Regularly Remind is checked, you can set remind frequency. Check to scan hidden directories in the external storage. Max traversal depth in scanning. You can send the feedback to the author. You can share Easy Installer with your friends. You can view more applications. Check it to update and notice automatically. AUTHORITY 73 Web Email The Email application is used to read and send email from services other than Gmail. The Email application includes a wizard enabling easy setup for several popular email service providers. Email Account Setup Initial setup Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter the Email address and Password for your email account > Next. If you select email account from the list, account settings will be set automatically. Some email accounts are not supported. 3. Enter a name for this account and a name to include on outgoing messages > Done. Email. Adding an additional email account You can add one or more email accounts to your phone. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Repeat the steps to add an account as described in Initial setup above. Accounts. Add account. Menu >
Menu >
Email. Deleting an email account 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap and hold the account > Remove account. Accounts. Menu >
Apps >
Email. Refreshing an email account Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap If you have several email accounts, you can refresh them all at the same time. From any message inbox, tap Accounts >
Menu >
Refresh. Email. Combined Inbox > Refresh. AUTHORITY 74 Reading an email You can read messages in your Combined Inbox or individual account folders. Apps >
Email. Menu to see more options. 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap 2. Tap an email you want to read. Tap Menu to see more options. Replying to a message 1. While reading an email, select Reply or Reply all. A Compose Message window opens with recipient addresses, and subject line pre-populated. A copy of the original message is quoted below the message body text box. 2. Compose your response and tap Send. Forwarding a message 1. While reading an email, tap 2. Address the email, enter a subject, and type your message in the appropriate text fi elds. 3. Tap Send. Forward. Menu >
Deleting a message 1. While reading an email, tap Delete. Sending a new email 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter a name or email address in the To fi eld. If you are sending the mail to several recipients, separate the email addresses Compose. Menu >
Apps >
Email. with a comma , . As you enter text, matching addresses are suggested from your Contacts list. Tap 4. Enter a subject in the Subject fi eld and type your message. To attach an image fi le, tap Add Cc/Bcc to add additional recipient fi eld types. Menu >
Menu >
Add attachment > Select the picture you want to attach. NOTE The attachable file size is limited to 5 MB. 5. Tap Send. To save an unsent email message on your phone, tap Save as draft. To cancel an email message, tap Discard. AUTHORITY 75 Starring/un-starring an Email You can star an important message to fi nd it easily later. Once you star a message, a Starred folder is added to the Accounts screen. 1. From any email list or while reading a message, Tap Tap to star the message. to un-star. Working with Email Messages Viewing starred messages 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Apps >
Email. Accounts >
Starred. Resuming a draft email message Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap an email you want to resume > Finish editing the message. 4. Tap Send. Email. Accounts >
Folders or Drafts. Viewing individual account folders Apps >
Accounts > Select 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
contents. Email account settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Apps >
Account settings. Email. to view individual account folders. Select any folder to open, view, or edit Email. General settings Account name Your name Use Signature Signature Email check frequency Default account Only receive email header Download Options The name of the account as it appears in the Accounts and Folders screens. Your name shown in outgoing messages. Check it to use signature. Enter a signature to append to messages sent from this account. Set how often the phone will for new email sent to this account. Check it to set this account as the default account for outgoing messages. Check it to only receive email header and ignore body and attachments. You can select All, 1k, 5k, 25k, 50k, 100k or 1M . AUTHORITY 76 Notifi cation settings Server settings Email notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Incoming settings Outgoing settings Check it to receive notifi cations when new messages are received in this account. Select a notifi cation ringtone. Select to confi gure vibration notifi cations when new emails arrive in this account. Confi gure Incoming server settings for this account. Confi gure Outgoing server settings for this account. 3. Tap Back to save changes. NOTE Web services (Email, Browser, YouTube, etc.) are a data-intensive feature. Cricket recommends that you upgrade to an unlimited data plan to avoid additional data charges. Browser Search for information or browse webpages using the Browser. To access the internet, you must have an active data or Wi-Fi connection. Opening Browser Browser. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap When you open the Browser, the default homepage is displayed. If you have used the Browser recently, your most recently viewed webpage is displayed. The Browser also opens when you select a web link in other applications like email or text messaging. Browser. Apps >
Accessing a webpage or searching the web Browser. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
2. Tap the URL fi eld on top of the screen. 3. Enter the URL of a webpage or search term and tap As you type, suggestions of webpages and key words will appear on the screen. Tap a suggestion to go directly to that webpage or view search results. Navigating on a webpage Some websites are displayed as special mobile versions, designed to be easily viewed from a mobile phone. Webpages that arent designed specifi cally for mobile devices typically open in overview mode. You can view these webpages by zooming and scrolling. AUTHORITY 77 Zooming in or out on a webpage Double-tap the screen to zoom in. To return to the default zoom level, double-tap again. Tap your fi nger on the screen to reveal the Zoom controls. Tap You can also use 2 fi ngers on the screen, pinching them open and closed to zoom in and out. to zoom out or in. or Scrolling a webpage 1. Slide your fi nger on the screen to navigate and view other areas of the webpage. Using Browser options Stopping page loading 1. While webpage is loading, tap Refreshing the current page Refresh. Menu >
1. Tap Menu > Stop. Or tap on the right of the URL fi eld. Getting information about the current page 1. On the Browser screen, 2. Tap Menu >
More > Page info. Finding the text on the current page 1. While viewing any webpages, tap 2. Enter the search term. As you type, matching characters will be highlighted. Tap Menu >
More > Find on page. or to scroll to the previous or next matching term. Selecting and copying text from a webpage Menu >
1. While viewing any webpages, tap 2. Drag across the text you want to copy. The text you select is copied to the clipboard. You can paste the copied text into any text fi eld by tapping and holding on a text box and selecting paste. More > Select text. Sharing a webpage 1. While viewing any webpages, tap 2. Tap an application to send the URL. The application opens with the URL youve entered. More > Share page. Menu >
Downloading fi les You can download images, fi les, and applications from webpages. All downloaded fi les are saved to the microSDTM card. 1. Tap and hold an image, a link or a fi le you want to download. 2. Tap the desired action (Save image, View image or Set as wallpaper). AUTHORITY 78 Viewing downloaded fi les 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap The fi les youve downloaded are arranged by date. Tap a fi le to open. If you want to delete a downloaded fi le, check the fi le > Delete. More > Downloads. Menu >
Browser. Apps >
Navigating webpages Opening a new Browser window Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New window. Menu >
Browser. A new window opens with the default homepage. Opening a link 1. Tap any link to open it. If you prefer to open the link in a new window, tap and hold the link > Open in new window. Navigating between webpages Tap Or tap Back to return to the previous webpages. Menu >
Forward if you tapped Back by accident. Switching between Browser windows 1. From any webpages, tap Windows. 2. Tap the window to view it full screen. You can also tap Menu >
to close a window. NOTE You can have up to 8 browser windows open at one time. Using bookmarks Browser bookmarks are stored shortcuts which allow you to quickly access webpages without having to type in its full address. Bookmarking a webpage 1. While viewing webpages, tap Menu >
2. Edit the name or location if needed > Tap OK. Opening a bookmark More > Add bookmark. 1. When viewing any webpages, tap 2. Tap a bookmark to open it. If you prefer to open the webpages in a new window, tap and hold the bookmark and tap Open in new window. at the right of the URL fi eld. Or tap Bookmarks. Menu >
Editing a bookmark 1. From any webpages, tap Menu >
Bookmarks. AUTHORITY 79 2. Tap and hold the bookmark to edit > Edit bookmark. 3. Edit the name and/or location > Tap OK. Deleting a bookmark 1. From any webpages, tap 2. Tap and hold the bookmark to delete > Delete bookmark > OK. Bookmarks. Menu >
Browser settings Customize your browser settings to optimize your browsing experience. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
More > Settings. Menu >
Browser. Page content settings Privacy settings Security settings Advanced settings Text size Default zoom Open pages in overview Text encoding Block pop-up windows Load images Auto-fi t pages Landscape-only display Enable JavaScript Enable plug-ins Open in background Set home page Invert color Clear cache Clear history Accept cookies Clear all cookie data Remember form data Clear form data Enable location Clear location access Remember passwords Clear passwords Show security warnings Set search engine Website settings UAString Reset to default Select the size of the text. Select the zoom level that Browser uses when fi rst opening a webpage. Check to open webpages zoomed out. Change the character-encoding standard. Prevent pop-up windows unless you request it. Display images on webpages. Optimize the presentation of text and other elements of webpages to fi t your phones screen. Display webpages in landscape orientation on your screen. Allow JavaScript to run on webpages. Allow plug-ins to run on webpages. Open new windows in the background. Set the default homepage. Check to display pages in inverted color. Delete locally cached content and databases. Delete the history of webpages you visited. Allow sites to save and read cookie data. Delete all cookie data. Remember what you enter in form fi elds. Delete all the information the browser remembered. Allow sites to request access to your location. Delete location access for all websites. Save your passwords for some webpages that require you to sign in. Delete all saved passwords. Show warning of security alerts. Select the web search engine you want to use. Advanced settings for individual websites. Select Android, Desktop, iPhone, iPad or Froyo-N1. Restore default settings. AUTHORITY 80 YouTube YouTube is Googles online video streaming service for viewing, discovering, and sharing videos. Opening and signing into YouTube Signing into YouTube You can discover and watch YouTube videos without a YouTube account, but if you want to take advantage of many YouTube features, you must sign into your YouTube account. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
My Channel. Apps >
YouTube. The fi rst time you use a YouTube feature that requires an account, youre prompted to sign in. Create a new account or enter your YouTube sign in information if you already have an account. For more information about YouTube accounts, visit YouTube on the web. Finding videos Browsing videos by category Apps >
Browse. Menu >
YouTube. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap a category in the scrolling list. Tap the current time fi lter setting at the top of the category screen to change the time period and reduce the number of videos listed. Tap Most viewed, Top rated, Most discussed or Top favorited. Searching for videos or tap Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Search. 3. Enter the search criteria > Tap 4. Scroll through the search results and tap a video to watch it. YouTube. AUTHORITY 81 Watching videos Apps >
YouTube. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a video to begin playback. Tap the video to pause or resume playback. Tap Info, Related or Comments to learn more about the video. Rotate your phone to watch the video in full-screen view. You can also double-tap the video to toggle full-screen view on and off . Add to Watch later Favorites Bookmark the video to watch it later. Add the video to your Favorites. Share More New playlist Add your new playlist. Share the video via Share via barcode, Bluetooth, Skifta or Email, Twitter. Facebook, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Flag Copy URL Flag the video as inappropriate. Copy the videos web address. You can paste into a message or other applications. Uploading videos To shoot and upload a new video Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Enter a title for the video and more details > Tap Upload. The Camera will open in video mode. to start recording > Tap to stop recording. YouTube. To upload an existing video Apps >
Menu >
YouTube. Upload. The Gallery will open. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the video you want to upload. 4. Enter the title for the video and more details > Tap Upload. Sharing videos Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a video to play. 3. Tap 4. Tap the application you want to use to share the video. YouTube. Share. AUTHORITY 82 YouTube settings You can change the following settings for YouTube on your phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
YouTube. General settings High quality on mobile Search settings Caption font size Uploads Clear search history SafeSearch fi ltering Check if you prefer to watch videos in high resolution by default when connected to mobile networks. Watch videos in standard mode to reduce startup time and data use. This setting has no eff ect if you are connected to a Wi-Fi network, where videos are always shown in higher resolution. Set the preferred text size when viewing video captions. Specify network preferences for uploads. Remove previous YouTube video search results. Select if you want Google SafeSearch fi ltering to block some results when you search for videos. Settings are: Block no search results (Dont fi lter), only explicit or off ensive videos (Moderate), or both explicit and off ensive text and videos (Strict). Open the YouTube Help Center in your phones Browser. Open a YouTube feedback form in your phones Browser. About Help Feedback Google Mobile Terms of Service Display the Google Mobile Terms of Service. YouTube Terms of Service Google Mobile Privacy Policy YouTube Privacy Policy Open source licenses Application version Display the YouTube Terms of Service. Display the Google Mobile Privacy Policy. Display the YouTube Privacy Policy. Display license details for open source software. The YouTube application version number installed on your phone. AUTHORITY 83 Wi-Fi Turning Wi-Fi on and connecting to a wireless network Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks > Wi-Fi settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Select the Wi-Fi check box to turn Wi-Fi on. 4. The network names and security settings of detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed. 5. Tap a Wi-Fi network to connect. If you selected a network that is secured, enter the security key and then tap Connect. Depending on the network type and security settings, you may also need to enter more information or choose a security certifi cate. Connecting to a Wi-Fi network with EAP-TLS security You may need to install a network certifi cate to your phone before you can connect to a Wi-Fi network with EAP-
TLS authentication protocol. 1. Save the certifi cate fi le to the root folder of the microSDTM card. 2. From the Home screen, tap 3. Tap 4. Select the network certifi cate needed to connect to the EAP-TLS network. 5. After the certifi cate is installed, follow the steps in the previous section to connect to the Wi-Fi network. Location & security > Install from SD card. Settings. Apps >
Checking wireless network status 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the wireless network that the phone is currently connected to. Wireless & networks > Wi-Fi settings. Settings. Apps >
A message box is then displayed showing the Wi-Fi network name, status, speed, signal strength, and more. Connecting to another Wi-Fi network 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed in the Wi-Fi networks section. To manually scan for available Wi-Fi networks, on the Wireless & networks > Wi-Fi settings. Settings. Apps >
Wi-Fi settings screen, tap To set advanced settings, on the Wi-Fi settings screen, tap 4. Tap another Wi-Fi network to connect to it. Menu >
Scan. Menu >
Advanced. AUTHORITY 84 Downloads Images, fi les and other items you download in Browser, Gmail, Email are stored on your phone. You can view, manage or delete what you have downloaded. Opening Downloads Apps >
Downloads. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap an item you want to view it. Check the checkbox of the item you want to delete and then tap Delete. Tap Menu to select Sort by size or Sort by time. Viewing a fi le Apps >
Downloads. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the fi le you want to open. Turn your phone left or right to view the fi le in upright (portrait) or sideways (landscape) orientation. 3. Tap the screen to see the controls. Tap Tap Tap Slideshow to watch a slideshow of the fi les you downloaded. Menu to view more options. or double-tap the screen to zoom in or out. Working with fi les Apps >
Downloads. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the fi le you want to manage, and then tap 3. Tap Share, Delete or More. Tap Tap Tap Share > Tap the application to use to share the selected fi le. Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete the selected fi le. More > Tap one of the icons shown below:
Menu. Details Set as Crop Get details about the fi le. Contact icon Wallpaper Crop a picture. Use a picture as a contact icon. Use a picture as Home screen wallpaper. Rotate Left /
Rotate Right Rotate a picture. AUTHORITY 85 Traffic Manager You can check use of Data, Call, SMS and Applications on your phone very easily with Traffi c Manager. Apps >
Traffi c Manager. Viewing Traffi c Manager 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap General or Apps. General : You can view usage of Data, Call and SMS. Apps : You can view usage of Applications. Apps are sorted in data usage from highest to lowest. To refresh the current page, tap To reset values, tap To set counter settings for Data, Call and SMS, tap each item. Reset all > Yes. All general counter is reset to 0. Menu >
. Counter enabled Counting period Period start Reset
*** limit Limit Set to enable or disable this counter. Set period length of counting. Set day of month to start counting. Set to reset counter value to 0. Set to warn you when *** limit is reached. When limit is reached, dialog box is displayed. You can set a limit to use of Data, Call and SMS. Traffi c Manager settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
Traffi c Manager. Update interval Notifi cation You can set update interval of traffi c values. If checked, Traffi c Manager icon is displayed in the Status bar. Using Traffi c Manager widget 1. Tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen. 2. Tap 3. Tap Traffi c Manager widget and then you can go to Traffi c Manager directly. Widgets > Traffi c Manager. Traffi c Manager widget is displayed. AUTHORITY 86 Facebook The fi rst time you launch the Facebook application, you must agree to the End User License Agreement. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. If you already have a Facebook account, enter your Email and Password > Login. If you do not have a Facebook account, tap Sign Up for Facebook to create one. Facebook. Apps >
NOTE You can view the recent activities of contacts in the Facebook application. Twitter Adding a Twitter account 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter your twitter Username or email and Password > Sign In. You can post and read tweets, send and receive direct messages and search for new Twitter users to follow. Apps >
Twitter. Creating a tweet Apps >
Twitter. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Type your tweet >
Tap or your tweet. Tweet. to post a picture from Gallery or Camera to your default photo hosting site and add the link to the picture in AUTHORITY 87 Bluetooth Using Bluetooth Bluetooth is a short-range wireless communications technology that devices can use to exchange information over a distance of about 30 feet. The most common Bluetooth devices are headphones, hands-free car kits, and portable devices, including laptops and cell phones. Turning Bluetooth on or off 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Wireless & networks. 3. Check or uncheck Bluetooth to turn it on or off . Apps >
Settings. Changing the phones Bluetooth name The phone name identifi es your phone to other devices. Apps >
Settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap Wireless & networks. 2. Tap 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Bluetooth settings > Device name. 5. Enter the name for your phone in the dialog box > OK. Pairing your phone with a Bluetooth device Apps >
Settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Wireless & networks. 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Bluetooth settings > Scan for devices. A list of nearby Bluetooth devices is displayed. 5. Tap the ID of the other device to pair them. AUTHORITY 88 Connecting to a Bluetooth device Once paired, your phone will automatically connect whenever it detects a paired Bluetooth device. You can also manually connect Bluetooth devices as follows:
Apps >
Settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Wireless & networks. 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Bluetooth settings > Scan for devices. 5. When the phone and the device are connected, the device is displayed as connected in the list. Disconnecting or Unpairing from a Bluetooth Device Disconnecting a Bluetooth device Apps >
Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap and hold the device name to disconnect. 4. Tap Disconnect. Settings. Unpairing from a Bluetooth device You can make your phone forget its pairing connection with another Bluetooth device. Apps >
Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap and hold the device name to unpair. 4. Tap Unpair. Settings. AUTHORITY 89 Connecting to a Bluetooth Headset Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Scan for devices. Your phone will start to scan for Bluetooth devices within range. 5. When you see the name of your headset displayed in the Bluetooth devices section, tap the name. Your phone then automatically tries to pair with the Bluetooth device. 6. If automatic pairing fails, enter the passcode supplied with your headset. Reconnecting a headset Apps >
Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. Put the Bluetooth device in pairing mode. 2. From the Home screen, tap 3. Tap 4. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 5. Tap the devices name in the Bluetooth devices section. 6. If prompted to enter a passcode, try 0000 or 1234, or consult the headset documentation to fi nd the passcode. Settings. Sending and Receiving Information Using Bluetooth You can use Bluetooth to transfer information between your phone and another Bluetooth-enabled device such as a phone or laptop computer. You can send the following types of information, depending on the device you are sending to:
Images and videos Contacts Audio fi les To send fi les, your phone must have a microSDTM card installed. NOTE The first time you transfer information between your phone and another device, you need to enter or confirm a security passcode. Your phone and the other device are then paired, and you will not need to exchange passcodes to transfer information in the future. 1. On your phone, open the application that contains the item you want to send. 2. Follow the steps for the type of the application, select Send File or Send in the menu. Then select Bluetooth. 3. If you are prompted to turn on Bluetooth, tap Turn on. 4. Tap the name of the receiving device. 5. On the receiving device, accept the fi le. AUTHORITY 90 Receiving information from another device Your device is capable of receiving a wide variety of fi le types with Bluetooth, including photos, music tracks, and documents such as PDFs. To receive fi les from another device, your phone must have a microSDTM card installed. Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap the Discoverable check box. 5. On the sending device, send one or more fi les to your phone. 6. If a Bluetooth authorization request is displayed on your phone, enter the same passcode on both your phone and the other device, or confi rm the auto-generated passcode. 7. When your phone receives a fi le transfer request notifi cation, slide down the notifi cations panel, and then tap Accept. 8. When the transfer is complete, a notifi cation is displayed. To open the fi le immediately, slide down the notifi cations panel, and tap the notifi cation. Adding the Bluetooth received folder to the Home screen You can add a folder to the Home screen that shows all fi les you have received with Bluetooth. 1. Tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen, tap Folders > Bluetooth received. 2. Tap and hold the Bluetooth received folder icon, and drag it to your desired Home screen location. To rename the folder, tap and hold the title bar of the folder window > Enter a new name > OK. To view the folder contents, tap the folder icon. To open a fi le, tap the fi le name. AUTHORITY 91 Entertainment Camera/Camcorder You can take pictures and shoot videos with Camera/Camcorder. Photos and videos captured with the camera will be stored on the phones microSDTM card. A microSDTM card must be installed to use the Camera/Camcorder. Opening Camera From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Or, when in Camcorder mode, drag the Camera. to the Camera position. Or, tap Menu > Switch to camera. When youre in Camera mode and you turn your phone left or right, the onscreen camera controls automatically rotate the display. NOTE When camera mode is on, you cannot use notification flash and LED Torch. Camera settings When in Camera mode, Camera settings are displayed on the screen. Before taking the photo, you can adjust your camera settings or leave the controls in automatic mode. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Camera. 2. Tap a setting icon. The settings open over the screen. To hide settings on the screen, tap the screen or, tap 3. Tap the setting you want to change. Menu >
Settings. AUTHORITY 92 General settings Exposure Scene mode Picture size
+2, +1, 0, -1, -2 Auto, Action, Portrait, Landscape, Night , Beach, Snow, Sunset, Sports, Party, Candlelight, Backlight 5M Pixels, 3M Pixels, 2M Pixels, 1M Pixels Picture quality Super fi ne, Fine, Normal Color eff ect Select ISO None, Mono, Sepia, Negative Auto, ISO 100, ISO 200, ISO 400 Touch AF/AEC Off , On Anti Banding Off , 50 Hz, 60 Hz, Auto Delay On, Off Remaining shots Show, Hide Camera settings Store location Off /
On Restore defaults Activate to use your phones location-based services. Take pictures wherever you are and tag them with the location. White balance Flash mode Zoom Daylight, Fluorescent, Cloudy Auto, Auto, Incandescent, On, 1x ~
3.9x Off Tap the amount of zoom you want. 4. Tap Back or tap the screen to close the settings menus. Taking a picture 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Frame your subject on the screen. Tap Apps >
Camera. The camera brings the image into focus. When the image is in focus, the camera takes a picture. The picture you just took is briefl y previewed full-screen, and then is displayed as a thumbnail at the right of screen. Tap the thumbnail to view, share, or work with your pictures in Gallery. Taking a picture using front camera Apps >
Menu > Front camera. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Frame your subject on the screen > Tap To switch to main camera, tap Camera. Menu > Main camera. AUTHORITY 93 Opening Camcorder From the Home screen, tap Or, when youre in Camera mode, drag the Apps >
Camcorder. to the Camcorder position. Or, tap Menu > Switch to video. Camcorder settings When in Camcorder mode, Camcorder settings are displayed on the screen. Before recording, you can adjust your camcorder settings or leave them in automatic mode. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a setting icon. The settings open over the screen. To hide settings on the screen, tap the screen or, tap 3. Tap the setting you want to change. Camcorder. Menu >
Settings. General settings Continuous AF On, Off Video quality 720P, D1, WVGA, VGA, CIF, QVGA, QCIF Color eff ect None, Mono, Sepia, Negative Video Size High (30m), Low (30m), MMS (Low, 20s), YouTube (High, 10m), custom Remaining time Show, Hide Camera settings Restore defaults Store location White balance Flash mode Off /
On Activate to use your phones location-based services. Recording videos wherever you are and tag them with the location. Auto, On, Incandescent, Off Daylight, Fluorescent, Cloudy. 4. Tap Back or tap the screen to close the settings menus. NOTE Depending on the selected video quality, not all video quality and video encoder options may be available. Recording videos Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Frame the scene where you want to start recording. 3. Tap 4. Tap to start recording. to stop recording. Camcorder. An image from your most recent video is displayed as a thumbnail at the right of screen. Tap the thumbnail to view, share, or work with your videos in Gallery. AUTHORITY 94 Recording videos using front camcorder Camcorder. Apps >
Menu > Front camcorder. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Frame the scene where you want to start recording. 4. Tap 5. Tap To switch to main camcorder, tap to start recording. to stop recording. Menu > Main camcorder. Gallery Use Gallery to view your pictures and videos. You can edit and add eff ects to your photos. You can also easily add a photo as your contact icon, location icon, or wallpaper. Opening Gallery and viewing album lists Opening Gallery From the Home screen, tap Or when youre in Camera/Camcorder mode, tap the thumbnail image at the right of screen. Apps >
Gallery. Your album list is displayed. Albums are groups of images and videos in folders. Managing albums Apps >
Gallery. Menu twice. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Check the albums you want. Tap albums. Tap Tap Share > Tap the application to use to share the selected albums. You can share the entire contents of one or more Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete selected albums and all contents from your microSDTM card. More > Tap Details to get details about selected albums. Opening an album and viewing its contents Viewing contents of an album After youve selected an album, you can browse through your pictures and videos. Albums open displaying the pictures and videos they contain in a chronologically ordered grid. The name of the album is shown at the top of the screen. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Gallery. AUTHORITY 95 2. Swipe left or right across the screen to view additional albums, then tap an album to open and view its contents. 3. When you open an album, Swipe left or right across the screen to view more contents. Tap a thumbnail image to view it. Drag locate an image. Tap location. to the left or right to scroll adjust scrolling speed. The image creation dates is displayed enabling you to easily to change the album view mode. You can view the pictures and videos in a grid or in stacks, sorted by date and Viewing contents of an album with spreading album mode Apps >
Gallery. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Pinching an album with two fi ngers and spreading images apart to peek into an album. The preview image shows 8 latest images in an album. Tap an image to view it. Tap Turn your phone left or right to view the album in landscape mode. to enter the album and view all the images of the album. Working with pictures or videos in batches You can select one or more pictures or videos in an album to work on them in batches. Gallery. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap 3. Check the pictures or videos you want. Tap Tap Tap Share > Tap the application to use to share the selected items. Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete selected items from your microSDTM card. More > Tap Details to get details about selected items. Menu twice. The controls available depend on the mix of selected items. Viewing pictures Viewing a picture Apps >
Gallery. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap a thumbnail image of picture to view it. Swipe left or right across the screen to view the previous or next picture in the album. Turn your phone left or right to view the picture in upright (portrait) or sideways (landscape) orientation. 3. Tap the screen to see the controls. Tap Tap Tap Slideshow to watch a slideshow of your pictures and videos in the album. Tap the screen to stop the slideshow. Menu to view more options. or double-tap the screen to zoom in or out. AUTHORITY 96 Working with pictures Menu. Or tap the screen >
Share > Tap the application to share the picture. You can share a picture by sending it to friends or posting it in a Menu. Apps >
Gallery. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap a thumbnail image of the picture. 3. Tap Tap Picasa web album. Tap Tap Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete the picture from your microSDTM card. More > Tap one of the icons shown below:
Get details about the picture. Contact icon Wallpaper Crop a picture. Use a picture as a contact icon. Use a picture as Home screen wallpaper. Rotate Right Rotate a picture. Details Set as Crop Rotate Left /
Playing videos 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap a thumbnail image of the video to view it. You can view the video in landscape Gallery. Apps >
or portrait mode. 3. Tap the screen to view the controls. Tap Tap Tap Tap to skip backwards. to pause the video. to resume playback. to skip forward. AUTHORITY 97 Videos Opening Videos and viewing video lists Use the Videos application to play videos that youve recorded with the Camcorder, downloaded from the web, or copied onto your microSDTM card. From the Home screen, tap Your video list is displayed. Apps >
Videos. Playing videos Videos. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a video to view it. 3. Tap the screen to view the controls. Tap Tap Tap Tap to skip backwards. to pause the video. to resume playback. to skip forward. Play Movies Opening Play Movies Use the Play Movies application to play movies or videos that youve recorded with the Camcorder, downloaded from the web, or copied onto your microSDTM card. From the Home screen, tap Your movies or video list is displayed in the My Rentals and Personal Videos. Play Movies. Apps >
Searching for movies or videos from Play Store 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap at the top right of the screen. 3. Play Store application will be opened. Apps >
Play Movies. Playing movies or videos 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
2. Tap a movie or video you want to view it. Play Movies. AUTHORITY 98 3. Tap the screen to view the controls. Tap Tap Tap Tap to skip backwards. to pause the video. to resume playback. to skip forward. Sound Recorder Opening Sound Recorder You must have a microSDTM card installed to use Sound Recorder. 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap Menu > All Records > You can view all your voice clips. Apps >
Sound Recorder. Sound Recorder. Apps >
to start recording a voice clip. to stop recording. Using Sound Recorder 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap To save the voice clip, enter voice record name > Tap Save. To discard the voice clip, tap Discard. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap to listen to the recording.
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
to listen to the previous or next voice clip. New Record to start new recording. All Records to view all your voice clips. Share to share your voice clip > Tap the application you want to use to share it. Rename to rename the selected voice clip > Enter new voice record name > Tap Save. Set as ringtone to use the voice clip as ringtone. Delete to delete the selected voice clip > Tap Done. AUTHORITY 99 Music Play music and audio fi les with Music application. NOTE You need to copy music files to your microSDTM card to use the Music application. Viewing your music library Music. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. You can select library to open at the top of the screen. You can view the lists of music in the microSDTM card. The lists are automatically organized according information contained in the music fi les. To view each list of music, you can tap the corresponding category; Artists, Albums, Songs or Playlists. Searching for music in the library Apps >
Music. Search. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Start typing the name of an artist, album, or track. Matches are displayed in the list below the search box. Tap a matching song to play it. Or tap a matching album or artist to view a list of associated songs. Using a song as a ringtone You can use a song as your phone ringtone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold a song in a library list. In the menu that opens, tap Use as phone ringtone. Or on the Playback screen, tap Apps >
Music. Menu >
Use as ringtone. Deleting a song from the microSDTM card Music. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold a song. In the menu that opens, tap Delete > OK. Or on the Playback screen, tap Menu >
Delete > OK. AUTHORITY 100 NOTE If you are playing the song, the song can not be deleted. Playing music 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the library you want to open at the top of the screen. 3. Tap a song or tap Play all mode, Menu > Tap Apps >
Music. Available playback modes vary according to each library setting. Tap the onscreen icons to control music playback, select a song to play, repeat songs, and more. Party shuffl e mode or Shuffl e all mode. 1 2 3 7 8 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Open the current playlist. Turn shuffl e on or off . (Shuffl e is off when button is gray.) Repeat the current playlist: Repeat all songs, Repeat current song, Repeat off . Tap and hold, then search for the corresponding information in Browser/Music/YouTube. Go to the previous song in the current playlist. Play/Pause. Go to the next song in the current playlist. Drag the slider to go directly to a specifi c section of a track. Apps >
Music playing features 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Open the library you want, and then tap the music fi le. To adjust the volume, press While music is playing, it is possible to exit to the Home screen or open another application. You can also return to the Music application by opening the Notifi cation panel. Volume up and Volume down. Music. Working with playlists You can organize the music fi les by creating playlists. AUTHORITY 101 Creating a playlist Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the desired track > Add to playlist > New. 3. Enter the playlist name > Save. Adding a song to a playlist Music. 1. While in the Music application, tap and hold the desired track > Add to playlist > Current playlist, New or tap the playlist you want. Current playlist New The selected music is added to the current playlist. When you enter the name of a playlist and tap Save, the music is added to the new playlist. Removing a song from a playlist 1. While in the Music application, tap Playlists > Tap the desired playlist. 2. Tap and hold the track to be deleted > Delete > OK. The song is permanently deleted from the playlist and the microSDTM card. Deleting a playlist 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Playlists > Tap and hold the playlist to be deleted > Delete. Although you delete a playlist, music fi les will remain on your phones memory card. Apps >
Music. MuveMusic Find, download and play music fi les with MuveMusic. Using MuveMusic Apps >
MuveMusic. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the category; My Music, Get Music, My DJ, Shazam or Get Social. My Music to listen to songs, create playlists or cut ringtones. Tap Tap Get Music to search, explore or download songs, ringtones and ringback tones. Tap My DJ to create playlists and send them to your phone. Shazam to identify the title and artist of the song you did not know and download the song. Tap Tap Get Social to connect with friends and other MuveMusic users and share your music. AUTHORITY 102 Radio You can enjoy listening to the radio via Radio application. Opening Radio 1. From the Home screen, tap The headset is used as antenna for the FM radio. If headset is plugged in, the FM radio will be automatically played. When you open Radio for the fi rst time, the default channel is 87.5 MHZ. Apps >
Radio. Apps >
Radio. Listening to the radio 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tune the radio frequency. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap to go to the previous saved channel. to go to the next saved channel. to decrease 0.5 MHZ or tap and hold to increase 0.5 MHZ or tap and hold to add the current frequency to favorite list. to automatically search for all available stations. to play or stop the FM radio. to view list of saved channels. to search and go to the next descending channel. to search and go to the next ascending channel. Using Radio widget 1. Tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen. 2. Tap Widgets > Radio. Radio widget is displayed. PicSay Improve photos with color corrections, sharpen, and red-eye removal. Also, you can add painting, word balloons, and stickers. Or have fun with distortions, cutouts, special eff ects, and more. PicSay. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap The most recent picture you edited is displayed as a thumbnail at the top right. Documents, Tap 2. Tap Get a Picture > Select the picture you want to edit > Select the fi le size. Tap Menu to see more options (
Menu to see more options (
Word Balloon, Stickers, About, Help, Title, Settings). Eff ects, Export, More (Delete all AUTHORITY 103 objects, Transform picture)). Layar The Layar Reality Browser is a mobile augmented reality application available for users of most smartphones, including iPhone and Android devices. Augmented reality technology allows you to view digital information superimposed onto reality with the aid of cameras, GPS, compasses and accelerometers. 1. From the Home screen, tap When you open Layar for the fi rst time, you must read and accept the Terms & Conditions. 2. Enter layers to search layers you want > Tap Apps >
Layar. Or, select layer you want in the categories listed. Tap Favorites to add a layer to your favorites. Tap Recent to view recently opened layers. Tap Layers to select layers you want. Settings to set Layar settings. Tap TuneIn Radio Enjoy listening to the radio from around the world with TuneIn Radio. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the radio program you want in My Presets section. Apps >
TuneIn Radio. Or, tap Tap Tap Tap to search radio programs or tap the category listed in Browse section. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Car Mode to switch to car mode. Accounts to log in or sign up for TuneIn, Facebook or Twitter. Settings to set TuneIn Radio. eBooks You can search various books you want and download books on your phone with eBooks application. Opening eBooks AUTHORITY 104 1. From the Home screen, tap eBooks. 2. Tap the book you want to read in LIBRARY category. Tap to select Now Reading, Account or Help. Apps >
Searching for books eBooks. Apps >
at the top right of the screen, or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the title or author of the book you want to search > Tap If you want to set view options, tap 4. Scroll through the search results and tap a book to view details about the book. 5. Tap Download Now to download the book. Search. and select Any Price, Free, under $1, under $2, under $5 or under $10. Reading a book 1. Tap the right or left hand side of the screen to go to the next page or previous page. 2. While reading a book, tap the middle of the screen to use the additional options. Tap and hold the screen to open Note and Highlight option.
Mark the page with bookmark. Set view options; Next Chapter, Previous Chapter, Table of Contents, Marks & Notes, Overview, Turn On Adobe Styling. Drag the slider to go directly to a specifi c page of the book. Adjust text size. Adjust the brightness of the screen. Set to Night Mode or Day Mode. Set font to Sans Serif or Serif. Set screen orientation. Set text justifi cation. AUTHORITY 105 Tools Clock Opening the Clock 1. From the Home screen, tap The Clock application opens and displays the date, time, local weather and other useful information. Apps >
Clock. 1 2 5 6 3 4 Tap to dim the screen Set an alarm and check old alarms 1 3 5 Music application The battery charge level, displayed only while the phone is charging. View a slideshow 2 4 6 Home screen Managing Alarms Adding a new alarm Clock. Apps >
> Add alarm. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. To change the alarm time, tap +/- or type the number using the keyboard. Then toggle AM/PM > Set. 4. Check the checkbox, Turn alarm on. 5. Edit Turn alarm on, Time, Repeat, Ringtone, Vibrate and Label > Done. AUTHORITY 106 Editing an alarm 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Turn the alarm on or off by checking or un-checking the checkbox, Turn alarm on. In the alarm list, set alarms are underlined
> Tap an existing alarm. Apps >
Clock. in green. 4. Edit Time, Repeat, Ringtone, Vibrate and Label > Done. Or tap Delete to remove the alarm > OK. Changing alarm settings 1. From the Home screen, tap Menu >
2. Tap
> Tap Clock. Apps >
Settings. Alarm in silent mode Alarm volume Snooze duration Volume and Camera Check to play alarm even when the phone is in silent mode. Set the volume of alarms. Set how long Clock waits before playing an alarm again. Set what these buttons do when pressed during an alarm. Stopping an alarm 1. When the alarm sounds, tap Dismiss to stop the alarm. Tap Snooze to repeat the alarm after a specifi ed length of time. AUTHORITY 107 Calculator Using Calculator Calculator. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter numbers and arithmetic operators. Drag the screen to the left to open the Advanced panel. Or tap Tap and hold the Calculators display to open a text editing menu. You can cut, copy, and select text for use in Calculator or other Applications. Tap CLEAR to delete the last number or operator you entered. Tap and hold CLEAR to delete everything in the display. Advanced panel. Menu >
Notes Adding a new note 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Create new note. 3. Enter the text > Save. Managing notes Apps >
Notes. Notes. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the note you want to manage:
Tap the note screen to edit the text > Edit the text > Tap Save. Tap Tap Tap Tap All notes > You can view all notes you created. Delete > Tap Delete to delete the selected note. Share > Tap Create new > You can create new note. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Via message or Via email to send the selected note. AUTHORITY 108 File Manager You can use the File Manager application to manage the contents of your microSDTM card. If the card memory is full, delete content fi les to free memory for other items. NOTE Your applications store settings and configuration information on the microSDTM card. Be very careful when moving or deleting files as missing or damaged files can cause applications to crash or fail to function. Opening File Manager 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the folder you want to view. Apps >
File Manager. Music and image fi les will be opened by their corresponding applications. Some fi le types may not be supported and will be unable to be opened. Creating a new folder 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Select to the location where you want to create a new folder > Tap 3. Enter the folder name > OK. File Manager. Apps >
Menu > Tap New folder. Apps >
File Manager. Managing fi le or folder 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the fi le or the folder you want to manage, Tap and hold the item you want to move to another location > Move > Select the desired folder or location
> Tap Tap and hold the item you want to rename > Rename > Enter the fi le or folder name > OK. Tap and hold the item you want to delete > Delete > Selected fi les will be deleted! will appear on the screen > OK. Tap and hold the fi le you want to share > Share > Tap the application you want to use to share the selected fi le. Tap and hold the fi le you want to copy > Copy > Select the desired folder or location > Tap Menu > Tap Menu > Tap Paste. Paste. AUTHORITY 109 OfficeSuite Offi ceSuite is a fi le viewer. It is capable of reading Microsoft Offi ce fi le formats, viewing PDF and image fi les, and decompressing ZIP fi les. NOTE You can upgrade to the Pro version by buying OfficeSuite Professional 5 version on the MobiSystems website. Opening Offi ceSuite Apps >
Local fi les, Offi ceSuite. Recent fi les, Remote fi les or My documents, 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Select Recent fi les : You can browse your recently used fi les. My documents : You can set your default document folder. Local fi les : You can view all the fi les stored on memory card. Remote fi les : You can view your fi les stored on remote server by adding your remote account. Download dictionaries : You can download dictionaries on the MobiSystems website to look up word meanings. Download dictionaries. Viewing a document Apps >
Offi ceSuite. Remote fi les > Tap the desired fi le. New > Folder > Enter folder name > OK. Local fi les or Menu >
Search or tap Recent fi les, New or tap Find or tap Edit > You can copy or paste fi les. Sort to sort the fi les by Name, Size, Type or Date modifi ed. Filter to fi lter fi les by fi le type. Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Supported formats - Microsoft Word 97-2007 (.doc & .docx), Microsoft Excel 97-2007 (.xls & .xlsx), Microsoft PowerPoint 97-
2007 (.ppt & .pptx), Adobe PDF, Text (.txt), Zip Archives (.zip). Updates to update your Offi ceSuite version by buying it on the MobiSystems website. Find > Enter the fi lename you want to search for > Tap Menu >
. NOTE Text (.txt) format is partly supported in case Encoding type is selected as Korean(EVC-KR). Tap the screen to see the pages panel and zoom in and out panel. Double tap the screen to zoom in or out when viewing a fi le. Drag across the screen to view specifi c areas of the document. 3. Tap Menu to use the additional options while you are viewing the document. AUTHORITY 110 View Find Word count Settings Help About You can view the document by selecting Go to top, Go to bottom, Go to bookmark, Zoom or Full screen. You can search words in the document. You can see the number of words, characters, characters (with spaces), paragraphs and sections in the document. You can set dictionary confi guration. You can learn how to make the most of Offi ceSuite by opening Web browser. You can check out more information about the version of Offi ceSuite on your phone. NOTE Depending on file formats, the menu may vary. AUTHORITY 111 Battery Saver You can check status and level of battery. Opening Battery Saver 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. You can view the status and level of battery. Apps >
Battery Saver. Changing Battery Saver settings Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Settings. Battery Saver. brightness down Choose how long time
** min after screen locked Battery low Saving your battery Check to turn the brightness down when battery is low. Select 15 Min, 30 Min or 60 Min. Check to disable data after screen locked. Check to disable data when battery is low. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Check each application you want to kill its task > Tap Kill Tasks. Battery Saver. Apps >
Tasks. AUTHORITY 112 Ringdroid Recording and editing sounds, and creating ringtones, directly on the phone with Ringdroid. Ringdroid. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Tap Tap 2. Enter the fi le name to search the audio fi le > Tap Menu >
Menu >
. Privacy to share your data you create on the Ringdroid website. Show All Audio to view all your audio fi les. Or, tap the fi le you want in the list. Tap Record New to record new audio fi le. Sound Recorder will be opened. Tap Assign to Contact. next to your desired audio fi le > Tap Edit, Delete, Set as Default Notifi cation, Set as Default Ringtone or to skip backwards. to pause the audio fi le. to resume playback. to skip forward. or 3. Edit the audio fi les using the controls on the screen. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Use the jog wheel for more precise adjustments. 4. Tap to zoom in or out. Menu >
or tap Save > Select type and enter the name > Save. AccuWeather AccuWeather has all of the accurate and localized weather information and interactive features that you need. This full-featured app not only has hourly forecasts updated every hour, interactive Google Maps, and severe weather notices, but it also has weather in 23 languages, customizable color themes, and social media sharing. Apps >
AccuWeather. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter zip code or city name you want > Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap 3. Tap the screen to get more detailed information on the weather. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Refresh to get the latest information. Locations to add or delete the location you want. My Location to view weather data for your current location. Maps to view the satellite or current conditions of the location by opening AccuWeather website. Units to select imperial units or metric units. AUTHORITY 113 Barcode Scanner You can look up product information such as prices or reviews with Barcode Scanner. Barcode Scanner uses the camera on your phone to read barcodes and also reads 2D barcodes such as QR Codes and Data Matrix. Apps >
Barcode Scanner. Menu >
Menu >
Share to share data by displaying a barcode on your screen and scanning it with another phone. History to view the previous scanned barcodes or QR codes or send history or clear history. 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap Tap 2. Place a barcode or QR code inside the viewfi nder rectangle. 3. After scanning, thumbnail of the barcode or QR code is then displayed showing format, type, time and metadata. 4. Tap Product Search, Web search or Google Shopper. Alcatel Setup Wizard Setup Wizard is launched on fi rst time startup or launched by user from Alcatel Setup Wizard application. Apps >
Alcatel Setup Wizard. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Select the language in the Select your Language screen > Tap Next. 3. Set mobile data connection in the Mobile Data Connection screen > Tap Next. 4. Set application sync in the Application Sync screen > Tap Next. 5. Tap Setup Now to setup Google Account or tap Skip in the Setup your Google Account screen. 6. Select Auto-check interval for system updates in the System Updates screen > Tap Next. 7. Set date and time format in the Date & Time screen > Tap Next. 8. Read the tips on how to extend battery life in the How to Extend Battery Life screen > Tap Next. 9. Read the tips on mobile data usage in the Tips for Mobile Data Usage screen > Tap Next. 10. Tap Go now to visit the ALCATEL global support website for help or tap Finish in the Learn More screen. AUTHORITY 114 LED Torch LED Torch application allows you to see in the dark place like a lantern. Apps >
LED Torch. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap on/off button to turn on or off LED Torch. You can adjust brightness by tap on the bar or sliding on the bar. Tap Home to exit the app screen with LED turned on. NOTE When LED Torch is on, you cannot use Camera. LED Torch cannot be operated when the battery is low. Skifta Skifta allows you to access your music, pictures and videos from your phone from cloud media services or remotely from another location via an Android phone and stream media to connected your electronics anywhere that supports DLNA over Wi-Fi networks. Skifta. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Choose a media source section > Tap media source found. If you want to take advantage of advanced features like Channels and remote media access, you must sign in to Skifta. Tap Tap Tap Home to return to the main screen. Refresh to refresh the current page. Settings to set network setting. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Antivirus Pro Protect your phone in real time with Antivirus Pro application. Apps >
Antivirus Pro. 1. From the Home screen, tap When you open Antivirus Pro for the fi rst time, you must review and accept the mobile terms of service. 2. Tap the screen to protect your phone. Tap Tap Tap Tap Scan to detect the contents of your phone. Tools to use various tools. Remote to remotely manage your phone. Buy full version to buy Antivirus Pro full version by opening Play Store. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
AUTHORITY 115 Tap Tap Menu >
Menu >
Settings to set Antivirus Pro. Help to get help about using Antivirus Pro. NQ Mobile Security NQ Mobile Security application off ers three modes including fast scan, full scan and customized scan, as well as real-time protection and malicious website blocking to safeguard your mobile security. 1. From the Home screen, tap NQ Mobile Security. 2. Tap Fast Scan to detect the contents of your phone quickly or tap Apps >
to select Customized Scan, Full Scan, Real-time Protection, Internet Protection or Account Protection. Or tap the category you want; Virus Database, Backup Contacts, Network Manager, Optimization, Anti-theft or Privacy Advisor. Tap Premium Zone to upgrade to Premium. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Settings to set NQ Mobile Security. NQ Payment Center to go to NQ Payment Center by opening Browser. Share to share NQ Mobile Security with your friends. Feedback to submit your feedback by opening NetQin website. App Update to update NQ Mobile Security. More to select Logs, Help, About or License Agreement. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Firmware Upgrade Manager Firmware Upgrade Manager provides you with an optional software environment to improve the features and performance on your phone. You can check for updates manually or set auto-check interval. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Check for updates to check whether there is an up-to-date software version or not. Tap Settings and Help to set Firmware Upgrade Manager. Firmware Upgrade Manager. Apps >
AUTHORITY 116 Cricket Applications Alcatel help With Alcatel help application, you can visit ALCATEL global support website directly if you have questions or need assistance when using the mobile phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Go now to visit ALCATEL global support website. You can also visit the FAQs page to fi nd the answer to your question directly. Alcatel help. Apps >
Cricket Navigator Cricket Navigator runs on your phone as a GPS-enabled application that provides many of the standard features of an on-board navigation system. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Cricket Navigator. MyBackup You can backup information on your phone to your Wireless Providers server with MyBackup. Restore information from your Wireless Providers server to your phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
MyBackup. Storefront You can shop for applications from your Wireless Provider with Storefront. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Storefront. NOTE If your phone is set to block installation of apps not obtained from Play Store, you must check Unknown sources in the Application settings to use Storefront. AUTHORITY 117 Settings Settings on Your Phone Control and customize phone settings on the Settings screen. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks Airplane mode Airplane mode On / Off . Check to turn off all the phones radios that transmit voice or data. Wi-Fi/ Wi-Fi settings Wi-Fi On / Off . Bluetooth/ Bluetooth settings Tethering & portable hotspot VPN settings Mobile networks Call settings North American dialing International dialing TTY mode DTMF Tones Sound Silent mode Vibrate Volume Phone ringtone Set up and manage wireless access points. For details about working with these settings, see Wi-Fi . Bluetooth On / Off . For details about working with these settings, see Bluetooth . Share your phones mobile data connection via USB or as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot. Set up and manage Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). Set options for roaming, networks and APNs. Check to replace + width International dialing code except +1. Set international dialing code for outgoing calls. The teletypewriter (TTY) is a telecommunications device that allows people, who are deaf or hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities, to communicate via a telephone. Set the length of DTMF tones. When set to silent mode, your phone doesnt play any ring, alert, and eff ects sounds. You must silence media and alarms in their own applications. Confi gure when you want the phone to vibrate when you receive a phone call or notifi cation. Set the volume of ringtones that sound when you receive a phone call or notifi cation, media (music, videos, and so on), and alarms. Select the ringtone to sound when you receive a phone call. AUTHORITY 118 Notifi cation ringtone Audible touch tones Audible selection Screen lock sounds Haptic feedback Emergency tone Select the ringtone to sound when you receive a notifi cation. Check to play tones when using dial pad. Check to play sound when making screen selection. Check to play sounds when locking and unlocking the screen. Check to vibrate when pressing soft keys and on certain UI interactions. Set behavior when an emergency call is placed. Display Brightness Auto-rotate screen Animation Screen timeout Number of home screens Wallpaper Scrolling Adjusting the brightness of the screen. Check to automatically switch the orientation of the screen as you turn the phone sideways or even upside down. Confi gures the level of user interface animation. Adjust the delay before the screen automatically turns off . Select 3 screen, 5 screen or 7 screen. Location & security Location determined by Wi-Fi and/or mobile networks. When locating, accurate to street level (uncheck to conserve battery). Confi gure your phone to require a pattern, PIN, or password to unlock your screen. Show password characters as you enter them. Add or remove device administrators. Allow applications to access secure certifi cates and other credentials. Install encrypted certifi cates from microSDTM card. Set or change the credential storage password. Clear credential storage of all contents and reset its password. Use wireless networks Use GPS satellites Set up screen lock Visible passwords Select device administrators Use secure credentials Install from SD card Set password Clear storage Applications Unknown sources Manage applications Running services Storage use Development Check to allow installation of non-Market applications. Manage and remove installed applications. View and control currently running services. View storage used by applications. Set options for application development. AUTHORITY 119 Accounts & sync Background data Auto-sync Manage accounts Add account Privacy Back up my data Automatic restore Factory data reset Storage Total space Available space Unmount SD card Erase SD card Available space Set whether applications can sync, send and receive data at any time. Check to allow applications to sync data automatically. Lists of the Google accounts and other accounts youve added to the phone. If you tap an account, its account screen opens. You can add Corporate, Twitter, Facebook or Google account on your phone. Check to back up application data, Wi-Fi passwords, and other settings to Google servers. Check to restore backed up settings or other data if an application is reinstalled. Erases all data on phone. This will erase all data from your phone, including: your Google account, system and application data and settings, downloaded applications. And it will not erase: current system software and bundled applications, microSDTM card fi les, such as music or photos. Check the total space of the microSDTM card. Check the available space on the microSDTM card. Unmount the microSDTM card for safe removal. If you unmount the microSDTM card, some applications you are using will stop and may be unavailable until you remount the microSDTM card. This will erase all data from the microSDTM card. You must unmount a microSDTM card before you can format it. Check the available space on internal phone storage. Language & keyboard Select language User dictionary Android keyboard
/ Android keyboard settings Swype / Swype settings Select the language to use for the text on your phone. Add or delete the words suggested when entering text. Set Vibrate on keypress, Sound on keypress, Popup on keypress, Touch to correct words, Auto-
capitalization, Show settings key, Voice input, Input languages, Quick fi xes, Show suggestions or Auto-
complete. For details about working with these settings, see Using the onscreen keyboard . Select Select Input Method, How to Swype, Personal dictionary, Preferences or Language Options. For details about working with these settings, see Using the onscreen keyboard . AUTHORITY 120 Voice input & output Set Language, SafeSearch or Block off ensive words. Set Listen to an example, Always use my settings, (Default Engine, Install voice data, Speech rate, Language), (Pico TTS settings). In order to use the text-to-speech feature, voice data must be downloaded from the Play Store to your phones microSDTM card. Select the Install voice data menu item to install Text-
to-speech data. Voice recognizer settings Text-to-speech settings Accessibility Accessibility Power button ends call Accessibility options are activated after downloading the Accessibility service from the Play Store. If checked, during a call, pressing Power ends call instead of turning off screen. Date & time Use 24-hour format Select date format Check to display the time using 24-hour format. Select the format for displaying date. About phone System updates Status Battery use Legal information Model number Android version Baseband version Kernel version Software version Hardware version TSP Firmware Version You can upgrade your system to up-to-date version. Information about your phone number, signal, etc. Check what has been using the battery. Legal information about Open source licenses and Google legal. Check the Model number. Check the Android version. Check the Baseband version. Check the Kernel version. Check software version. Check hardware version. Check TSP fi rmware version. AUTHORITY 121 Safety and use Please read before proceeding THE BATTERY IS NOT FULLY CHARGED WHEN YOU TAKE IT OUT OF THE BOX. DO NOT REMOVE THE BATTERY PACK WHEN THE PHONE IS CHARGING. YOUR WARRANTY IS INVALIDATED IF YOU DISASSEMBLE OR ATTEMPT TO DISASSEMBLE THE DEVICE. Privacy restrictions Some countries require full disclosure of recorded telephone conversations, and stipulate that you must inform the person with whom you are speaking that the conversation is being recorded. Always obey the relevant laws and regulations of your country when using the recording feature of your phone. Disclaimers ANY WEATHER, STOCK, OR OTHER INFORMATION, DATA, OR DOCUMENTATION (ACCESSED INFORMATION) ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OR ANY TECHNICAL SUPPORT. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TCT MOBILE AND ITS AFFILIATES expressly disclaim any and all representations and warranties, arising by law or otherwise, related to the Accessed Information, including without limitation any express or implied representation or warranty of merchantability, fi tness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, quality, accuracy, completeness, eff ectiveness, reliability, or usefulness. Without limiting the foregoing, it is further understood that TCT Mobile and its Affi liates are not responsible for any use of the Accessed Information or the results arising from such use, and that you use such information at your own risk. Limitation of damages TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL TCT MOBILE OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO YOU, ANY USER, OR THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INJURY, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF GOODWILL, LOSS OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF DATA, AND/OR LOSS OF PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF THE FORESEEABILITY THEREOF OR WHETHER TCT MOBILE OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. AND IN NO EVENT SHALL THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF TCT MOBILE OR ITS AFFILIATES EXCEED THE AMOUNT RECEIVED FROM YOU, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY UNDER WHICH THE CAUSE OF ACTION IS BROUGHT. THE FOREGOING DOES NOT AFFECT ANY STATUTORY RIGHTS WHICH MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED. AUTHORITY 122 Important health information and safety precautions When using this product, the safety precautions below must be taken to avoid possible legal liabilities and damages. Retain and follow all product safety and operating instructions. Observe all warnings in the operating instructions on the product. To reduce the risk of bodily injury, electric shock, fi re, and damage to the equipment, observe the following precautions. Electrical safety This product is intended for use when supplied with power from the designated battery or power supply unit. Other usage may be dangerous and will invalidate any approval given to this product. Safety precautions for proper grounding installation Connecting to improperly grounded equipment can result in an electric shock to your device. This product is equipped with a USB Cable for connecting with desktop or notebook computer. Be sure your computer is properly grounded (earthed) before connecting this product to the computer. The power supply cord of a desktop or notebook computer has an equipment grounding conductor and a grounding plug. The plug must be plugged into an appropriate outlet which is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all local codes and ordinances. Safety precautions for power supply unit Use the correct external power source A product should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the electrical ratings label. If you are not sure of the type of power source required, consult your authorized service provider or local power company. For a product that operates from battery power or other sources, refer to the operating instructions that are included with the product. This product should be operated only with the following designated power supply unit(s). Travel charger: Input: 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.15 A Output: 5 V, 1000 mA Handle battery packs carefully This product contains a Lithium-ion polymer or Lithium-ion battery. There is a risk of fi re and burns if the battery pack is handled improperly. Do not attempt to open or service the battery pack. Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts or circuits, dispose of in fi re or water, or expose a battery pack to temperatures higher than 140F (60C). Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. To reduce risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, expose to temperature above 140F (60C), or dispose of in fire or water. Replace only with specified batteries. Recycle or dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations or reference guide supplied with your product. AUTHORITY 123 NOTE This product should be operated only with the following designated Battery Pack(s). Battery: Lithium 1480 mAh Take extra precautions Keep the battery or device dry and away from water or any liquid as it may cause a short circuit. Keep metal objects away so they dont come in contact with the battery or its connectors as it may lead to short circuit during operation. The phone should only be connected to products that bear the USB-IF logo or have completed the USB-IF compliance program. Do not use a battery that appears damaged, deformed, or discolored, or the one that has any rust on its casing, overheats, or emits a foul odor. Always keep the battery out of the reach of babies and small children, to avoid swallowing of the battery. Consult the doctor immediately if the battery is swallowed. Only use the battery with a charging system that has been qualifi ed with the system per this standard, IEEE-Std-172 5-2006. Use of an unqualifi ed battery or charger may present a risk of fi re, explosion, leakage or other hazard. Replace the battery only with another battery that has been qualifi ed with the system per this standard, IEEE-Std-172 5-2006. Use of an unqualifi ed battery may present a risk of fi re, explosion, leakage or other hazard. Avoid dropping the phone or battery. If the phone or battery is dropped, especially on a hard surface, and the user suspects damage, take it to a service centre for inspection. If the battery leaks:
Do not allow the leaking fl uid to come in contact with skin or clothing. If already in contact, fl ush the aff ected area immediately with clean water and seek medical advice. Do not allow the leaking fl uid to come in contact with eyes. If already in contact, DO NOT rub; rinse with clean water immediately and seek medical advice. Take extra precautions to keep a leaking battery away from fi re as there is a danger of ignition or explosion. Safety precautions for direct sunlight Keep this product away from excessive moisture and extreme temperatures. Do not leave the product or its battery inside a vehicle or in places where the temperature may exceed 140F (60C), such as on a car dashboard, window sill, or behind a glass that is exposed to direct sunlight or strong ultraviolet light for extended periods of time. This may damage the product, overheat the battery, or pose a risk to the vehicle. AUTHORITY 124 Prevention of hearing loss Permanent hearing loss may occur if earphones or headphones are used at high volume for prolonged periods of time. Safety in aircraft Due to the possible interference caused by this product to an aircrafts navigation system and its communications network, using this devices phone function on board an airplane is against the law in most countries. If you want to use this device when on board an aircraft, remember to turn off your phone by switching to Airplane Mode. Environment restrictions Do not use this product in gas stations, fuel depots, chemical plants or where blasting operations are in progress, or in potentially explosive atmospheres such as fuelling areas, fuel storehouses, below deck on boats, chemical plants, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders. Please be aware that sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fi re resulting in bodily injury or even death. Explosive atmospheres When in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere or where fl ammable materials exist, the product should be turned off and the user should obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fi re resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are advised not to use the equipment at refueling points such as service or gas stations, and are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. These include fueling areas, below deck on boats, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders. Road safety Full attention must be given to driving at all times in order to reduce the risk of an accident. Using a phone while driving (even with a hands free kit) causes distraction and can lead to an accident. You must comply with local laws and regulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving. Safety precautions for RF exposure Avoid using your phone near metal structures (for example, the steel frame of a building). Avoid using your phone near strong electromagnetic sources, such as microwave ovens, sound speakers, TV and radio. Use only original manufacturer-approved accessories, or accessories that do not contain any metal. Use of non-original manufacturer-approved accessories may violate your local RF exposure guidelines and should be avoided. AUTHORITY 125 Interference with medical equipment functions This product may cause medical equipment to malfunction. The use of this device is forbidden in most hospitals and medical clinics. If you use any other personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Turn your phone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. Nonionizing radiation Your device has an internal antenna. This product should be operated in its normal-use position to ensure the radiative performance and safety of the interference. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommended that no part of the human body be allowed to come too close to the antenna during operation of the equipment. Use only the supplied integral antenna. Use of unauthorized or modifi ed antennas may impair call quality and damage the phone, causing loss of performance and SAR levels exceeding the recommended limits as well as result in non-compliance with local regulatory requirements in your country. To assure optimal phone performance and ensure human exposure to RF energy is within the guidelines set forth in the relevant standards, always use your device only in its normal-
use position. Contact with the antenna area may impair call quality and cause your device to operate at a higher power level than needed. Avoiding contact with the antenna area when the phone is IN USE optimizes the antenna performance and the battery life. Electrical safety Accessories Use only approved accessories. Do not connect with incompatible products or accessories. Take care not to touch or allow metal objects, such as coins or key rings, to contact or short circuit the battery terminals. Connection to a car Seek professional advice when connecting a phone interface to the vehicle electrical system. Faulty and damaged products Do not attempt to disassemble the phone or its accessory. Only qualifi ed personnel must service or repair the phone or its accessory. General precautions You alone are responsible for how you use your phone and any consequences of its use. You must always switch off your phone wherever the use of a phone is prohibited. Use of your phone is subject to safety measures designed to protect users and their environment. AUTHORITY 126 Avoid applying excessive pressure to the device Do not apply excessive pressure on the screen and the device to prevent damaging them and remove the device from your pants pocket before sitting down. It is also recommended that you store the device in a protective case and only use the device stylus or your fi nger when interacting with the touch screen. Cracked display screens due to improper handling are not covered by the warranty. Device getting warm after prolonged use When using your device for prolonged periods of time, such as when youre talking on the phone, charging the battery or browsing the Web, the device may become warm. In most cases, this condition is normal and therefore should not be interpreted as a problem with the device. Heed service markings Except as explained elsewhere in the Operating or Service documentation, do not service any product yourself. Service needed on components inside the device should be done by an authorized service technician or provider. Protect your phone Always treat your phone and its accessories with care and keep them in a clean and dust-free place. Do not expose your phone or its accessories to open fl ames or lit tobacco products. Do not expose your phone or its accessories to liquid, moisture or high humidity. Do not drop, throw or try to bend your phone or its accessories. Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or aerosols to clean the device or its accessories. Do not paint your phone or its accessories. Do not attempt to disassemble your phone or its accessories, only authorized personnel must do so. Do not expose your phone or its accessories to extreme temperatures, minimum -4F (-20C) and maximum 122F (50C). Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not carry your phone in your back pocket as it could break when you sit down. Damage requiring service Unplug the product from the electrical outlet and refer servicing to an authorized service technician or provider under the following conditions:
Liquid has been spilled or an object has fallen into the product. The product has been exposed to rain or water. The product has been dropped or damaged. There are noticeable signs of overheating. The product does not operate normally when you follow the operating instructions. AUTHORITY 127 Avoid hot areas The product should be placed away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products
(including amplifi ers) that produce heat. Avoid wet areas Never use the product in a wet location. Avoid using your device after a dramatic change in temperature When you move your device between environments with very diff erent temperature and/or humidity ranges, condensation may form on or within the device. To avoid damaging the device, allow suffi cient time for the moisture to evaporate before using the device. NOTICE: When taking the device from low-temperature conditions into a warmer environment or from high-
temperature conditions into a cooler environment, allow the device to acclimate to room temperature before turning on power. Avoid pushing objects into product Never push objects of any kind into cabinet slots or other openings in the product. Slots and openings are provided for ventilation. These openings must not be blocked or covered. Air bags Do not place a phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area. Store the phone safely before driving your vehicle. Mounting accessories Do not use the product on an unstable table, cart, stand, tripod, or bracket. Any mounting of the product should follow the manufacturers instructions, and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer. Avoid unstable mounting Do not place the product with an unstable base. Use product with approved equipment This product should be used only with personal computers and options identifi ed as suitable for use with your equipment. Adjust the volume Turn down the volume before using headphones or other audio devices. Cleaning Unplug the product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning, but NEVER use water to clean the LCD screen. AUTHORITY 128 Small children Do not leave your phone and its accessories within the reach of small children or allow them to play with it. They could hurt themselves or others, or could accidentally damage the phone. Your phone contains small parts with sharp edges that may cause an injury or which could become detached and create a choking hazard. Repetitive motion injuries To minimise the risk of RSI, when Texting or playing games with your phone:
Do not grip the phone too tightly Press the buttons lightly Make use of the special features in the handset which minimise the number of buttons which have to be pressed, such as message templates and predictive text. Take lots of breaks to stretch and relax. Operating machinery Full attention must be given to operating the machinery in order to reduce the risk of an accident. Loud noise This phone is capable of producing loud noises which may damage your hearing. Emergency calls This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions. Therefore, you must never rely solely on any wireless phone for emergency communications. AUTHORITY 129 Regulatory agency identifications For regulatory identifi cation purposes, your product is assigned a model number of Authority. To ensure continued reliable and safe operation of your device, use only the accessories listed below with your Authority device.The Battery Pack has been assigned a model number of CAB31P0000CX. Operating temperature range: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C) NOTE This product is intended for use with a certified Class Limited Power Source, rated 5 Volts DC, maximum 1 Amp power supply unit. Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. FCC Caution: Any changes or modifi cations not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Important Note Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specifi c operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter, except the transmitters built-in with the device. FCC Hearing-Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use AUTHORITY 130 with hearing aids. It is important to try the diff erent features of this phone thoroughly and in diff erent locations, using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to determine if you hear any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer. On July 10, 2003 , the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Report and Order in WT Docket 01- 09 modifi ed the exception of wireless phones under the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988 (HAC Act) to require digital wireless phones be compatible with hearing-aids. The intent of the HAC Act is to ensure reasonable access to telecommunications services for persons with hearing disabilities. While some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants), users may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and phones also vary in the amount of interference they generate. The wireless telephone industry has developed a rating system for wireless phones, to assist hearing device users fi nd phones that may be compatible with their hearing devices. Not all phones have been rated. Phones that are rated have the rating on their box or a label located on the box. The ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary depending on the users hearing device and hearing loss. If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference, you may not be able to use a rated phone successfully. Trying out the phone with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs. M-Ratings: Phones rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than phones that are not rated. M4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. Your device is rated M4. T-Ratings: Phones rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to be more usable with a hearing aids telecoil than phones that are not rated. T4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. Your device is rated T4. Please power off the Bluetooth function while using hearing aid devices with your Authority. Hearing devices may also be rated. Your hearing device manufacturer or hearing health professional may help you fi nd this rating. Higher ratings mean that the hearing device is relatively immune to interference noise. The hearing aid and wireless phone rating values are then added together. A sum of 5 is considered acceptable for normal use. A sum of 6 is considered for better use. A sum of 8 is considered for best use. In the above example, if a hearing aid meets the M2 level rating and the wireless phone meets the M3 level rating, the sum of the two values equal M5. This should provide the hearing aid user with normal usage while using their hearing aid with the particular wireless phone. Normal usage in this context is defi ned as a signal quality that is acceptable for normal operation. This methodology applies equally for T ratings. The M mark is intended to be synonymous with the U mark. The T mark is intended to be synonymous with the UT mark. The M and T marks are recommended by the Alliance for Telecommunications Industries Solutions (ATIS). The U and UT marks are referenced in Section 20.19 of the FCC Rules. The HAC rating and measurement procedure are described in the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) C63.19 standard. For information about hearing aids and digital wireless phones FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility and Volume Control:
http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/dro/hearing.html AUTHORITY 131 Gallaudet University, RERC:
https://fj allfoss.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/GenericSearch.cfm SAR Information CDMA850/1700/1900 HEAD 1.3 W/kg BODY 1.2 W/kg THIS MODEL DEVICE MEETS THE GOVERNMENTS REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES. For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with the TCT Mobile Limited. Accessories supplied or designated for this product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. Your wireless mobile phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on the safety standards previously set by both U.S. and international standards bodies:
- American National Standards Institute (ANSI) IEEE. C95.1-1992 .
- National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP). Report 86. 1986.
- International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) 1996.
- Ministry of Health (Canada), Safety Code 6. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phone employs a unit of measurement known as the Specifi c Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg*. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model device with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model device is on fi le with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of https://fj allfoss.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/GenericSearch. cfm after searching on FCC ID: RAD278 Additional information on Specifi c Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) Web-site as http://www.phonefacts.net.
* In the U.S. and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phone used by the public is 1.6 Watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in usage. Normal condition only to ensure the radiative performance and safety of the interference. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommended that no part of the human body be allowed to come too close to the antenna during operation of the equipment. AUTHORITY 132 Body-worn Operation SAR compliance for body-worn operation is based on a separation distance of 2.0 cm and wireless router operation is based on a separation distance of 1.0 cm between the unit and the body of the user. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and which provide at least 2.0 cm separation between the device and the users body. FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement
- This Transmitter has been demonstrated co-location compliance requirements with Bluetooth and WLAN. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
- This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. Telecommunications & Internet Association (TIA) safety information Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 cm (6 inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and recommendations of Wireless Technology Research.Persons with pacemakers:
- Should ALWAYS keep the phone more than 15 cm (6 inches) from their pacemaker when the phone is turned ON.
- Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket.
- Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference. If you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, turn the phone OFF immediately. Hearing aids Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider, or call the customer service line to discuss alternatives. RoHS compliance This product is in compliance with Directive 002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 January 2003, on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS) and its amendments. AUTHORITY 133 Warranty Manufacturers Warranty 12 MONTH LIMITED WARRANTY Personal Communications Devices, LLC. (the Company) warrants to the original retail purchaser of this cellular handset or wireless device (Product), that should this Product or any part thereof during normal consumer usage and conditions, be proven defective in material or workmanship that results in the Products failure within the fi rst twelve (12) month period from the date of purchase (proof of purchase required), such defect(s) will be repaired or replaced (with new or rebuilt parts) at the Companys option, without charge for parts or labor directly related to the defect(s). The antenna, keypad, display, rechargeable battery and battery charger, if included with the Product, are similarly warranted for twelve (12) months from the date of purchase. This Warranty extends only to consumers who purchase the product in the United States or Canada and it is not transferable or assignable. This Warranty does not apply to:
(a) Product subjected to abnormal use or conditions, accident, mishandling, neglect, unauthorized alteration, misuse, improper installation or repair or improper storage;
(b) Product whose mechanical serial number or electronic serial number has been removed, altered or defaced;
(c) Damage from exposure to moisture, humidity, excessive temperatures or extreme environmental conditions;
(d) Damage resulting from connection to, or use of any accessory or other product not approved or authorized by the Company;
(e) Defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items such as framing and non-operative parts;
(f) Product damaged from external causes such as fi re, fl ooding, dirt, sand, weather conditions, battery leakage, blown fuse, theft or improper usage of any electrical source;
(g) Product subjected to unauthorized modifi cations to the software of the Product or to the Product itself;
(h) Product subjected to the unauthorized opening or repair of the Product;
(i) Product subjected to hacking, password-mining, jail breaking, the unlocking of the boot loader using the fast boot program or the tampering with or short-circuiting of the battery; or
(j) Product that has been modifi ed to alter functionality or capability of the Product without the written permission of the Company. The Company disclaims liability for removal or reinstallation of the Product, for geographic coverage, for inadequate signal reception by the antenna or for communications range or operation of the cellular system as a whole. When sending your wireless device to the Company for repair or service, please note that any personal data or software stored on the Product may be inadvertently erased or altered. AUTHORITY 134 Therefore, we strongly recommend you make a back up copy of all data and software contained on your Product before submitting it for repair or service. This includes all contact lists, downloads (i.e. third-party software applications, ringtones, games and graphics) and any other data added to your Product. In addition, if your Product utilizes a SIM or Multimedia card, please remove the card before submitting the Product and store for later use when your Product is returned., The Company is not responsible for and does not guarantee restoration of any third-party software, personal information or memory data contained in, stored on, or integrated with any other wireless device, whether under warranty or not, returned to the Company for repair or service. To obtain repairs or replacement within the terms of this Warranty, the Product should be delivered with proof of Warranty coverage (e.g. dated bill of sale), the consumers return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number and complete description of the problem, transportation prepaid, to the Company at the address shown below or to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. In addition, for reference to an authorized Warranty station in your area, you may telephone in the United States (800) 229-1235, and in Canada (800) 465-
9672 (in Ontario call 416-695-3060). THE EXTENT OF THE COMPANYS LIABILITY UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT PROVIDED ABOVE AND, IN NO EVENT, SHALL THE COMPANYS LIABILITY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY PURCHASER FOR THE PRODUCT. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. ANY ACTION FOR BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY MUST BE BROUGHT WITHIN A PERIOD OF 18 MONTHS FROM DATE OF ORIGINAL PURCHASE. IN NO CASE SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR AN SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF THIS OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHATSOEVER. THE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE DELAY IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THIS WARRANTY OR LOSS OF USE DURING THE TIME THE PRODUCT IS BEING REPAIRED OR REPLACED. No person or representative is authorized to assume for the Company any liability other than expressed herein in connection with the sale of this product. Some states or provinces do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damage so the above limitation or exclusions may not apply to you. This Warranty gives you specifi c legal rights, and you may also have other rights, which vary from state to state or province to province. IN USA :
IN CANADA :
Personal Communications Devices, LLC. 555 Wireless Blvd. Hauppauge, NY 11788
(800) 229-1235 PCD Communications Canada Ltd. 5535 Eglington Avenue West Suite #210 Toronto, ON M9C 5K5
(800) 465-9672 AUTHORITY 135
1 2 3 4 | Updated Users Manual | Users Manual | 1.63 MiB | June 06 2012 |
Conventions used in this guide In this user guide, we use the following symbols to indicate useful and important information:
NOTE NOTE Notes, usage tips, or additional information Warning Situations that could cause injury to yourself or others Caution Situations that could cause damage to your device or other equipment AUTHORITY 1 Contents Specifi cations Basics In Box ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................7 Phone Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................................7 Proper Holding Position .....................................................................................................................................................................................8 Battery ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................8 microSDTM Card .......................................................................................................................................................................................................9 Turning Phone On or Off ................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 Phone Options ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Touchscreen Gestures ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Keyboard Using Swype Text Entry Method .................................................................................................................................................................. 12 Using the Android Keyboard ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14 Editing Text ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17 Getting Started Google Account .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 18 Getting to Know the Home Screen ............................................................................................................................................................. 19 Customizing the Home Screen ..................................................................................................................................................................... 20 Essential Display Icons ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 21 Notifi cations Panel ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 23 Opening and Switching Between Applications ..................................................................................................................................... 24 Sleep Mode ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Adjusting Volume ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 Searching Your Phone and the Web ........................................................................................................................................................... 26 Connecting Your Phone to a Computer .................................................................................................................................................... 28 Phone Calls Making Calls ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29 Answering or Rejecting Calls ......................................................................................................................................................................... 31 Using In-Call Options ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 32 Using Call Log ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 Listening to Your Voicemail ............................................................................................................................................................................ 34 AUTHORITY 2 Using Voice Dialer............................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 Contacts About Contacts ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Opening Your Contacts .................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Getting Started .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36 Editing/Deleting Contacts .............................................................................................................................................................................. 39 Communicating .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 40 Account Setting .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 42 Groups .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43 Messaging About Messaging ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 45 Sending Messages ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 45 Reading Messages ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 47 Receiving Emergency Alerts Messages ..................................................................................................................................................... 48 Changing Messaging Settings ...................................................................................................................................................................... 49 Google Gmail ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 Google Talk ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 53 Google+ ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 56 Messenger ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 56 Maps ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 57 Places ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 59 Navigation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 59 Latitude .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 61 Calendar ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 64 News & Weather .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 67 Play Store ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 68 Play Books .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 70 Easy Installer ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 72 Web Email ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 74 Browser ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77 YouTube .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 81 Wi-Fi ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 84 Downloads ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 85 Traffi c Manager ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 86 Facebook ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 87 Twitter ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 87 AUTHORITY 3 Bluetooth Using Bluetooth .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 88 Disconnecting or Unpairing from a Bluetooth Device ....................................................................................................................... 89 Connecting to a Bluetooth Headset ........................................................................................................................................................... 90 Sending and Receiving Information Using Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................ 90 Entertainment Camera/Camcorder ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 92 Gallery ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95 Videos ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 98 Play Movies ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 98 Sound Recorder .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 99 Music .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................100 MuveMusic ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................102 Radio ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................103 Picsay .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................103 Layar.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................104 TuneIn Radio ......................................................................................................................................................................................................104 eBooks ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................104 Tools Clock ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................106 Calculator ............................................................................................................................................................................................................108 Notes .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................108 File Manager .......................................................................................................................................................................................................109 Offi ceSuite ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................110 Battery Saver ......................................................................................................................................................................................................112 Ringdroid .............................................................................................................................................................................................................113 AccuWeather ......................................................................................................................................................................................................113 Barcode Scanner ...............................................................................................................................................................................................114 Alcatel Setup Wizard .......................................................................................................................................................................................114 LED Torch .............................................................................................................................................................................................................115 Skifta ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................115 Antivirus Pro .......................................................................................................................................................................................................115 NQ Mobile Security ..........................................................................................................................................................................................116 Firmware Upgrade Manager ........................................................................................................................................................................116 Cricket Applications Alcatel help .........................................................................................................................................................................................................117 Cricket Navigator ..............................................................................................................................................................................................117 MyBackup ............................................................................................................................................................................................................117 Storefront .............................................................................................................................................................................................................117 AUTHORITY 4 Settings Settings on Your Phone..................................................................................................................................................................................118 Safety and use Please read before proceeding ...................................................................................................................................................................122 Limitation of damages ...................................................................................................................................................................................122 Important health information and safety precautions .....................................................................................................................123 Regulatory agency identifi cations ............................................................................................................................................................130 Warranty Manufacturers Warranty ...............................................................................................................................................................................134 AUTHORITY 5 Specifications Display 4.3 WVGA, TFT 16M colors Multitouch capacitive touch screen Camera 5MP Full Frame with LED fl ash and VGA self camera Operating System Android 2.3.6 (Gingerbread) Connectivity BT3.0+EDR(HSP/HFP/A2DP/OPP), Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n Dimensions and Weight Sensors Dimensions: 5 x 2.7 x 0.4 inch (127 X 68 X 10.05 mm) Weight: 4.5 oz (127.6 g) Memory 2GB(ROM)/512MB(RAM) External memory: supports up to 32GB Operating Frequencies Network: CDMA BC0/BC1/BC15 -1xEV-DO rA, Wi-Fi(802.11b/g/n)(802.11n 2.4Ghz only) Data speed: Up To HSDPA 7.2Mbps Accelerometer, E-compass, Proximity, Light Sensor LBS A-GPS Power Management (Performance) Battery Type Lithium-Ion(Li-ion) Standby Time Capacity 1600mA Talk Time 300hours (Slot Index 2) 6 hours (CDG89) AUTHORITY 6 Basics In Box The Authority comes with the following items included in the box:
Authority mobile phone USB power adapter Charger Cricket Enhancement Guide MUVE Music Guide English
Battery cover
Battery
Micro USB cable
microSDTM Card (mounted in the device)
Device QSG (English and Spanish) User Manual Lite (English and Spanish)
MUVE Music Guide Spanish 9 10 11 12 13 Phone Overview 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1. Earpiece 2. Front camera 3. Volume key Volume Up / Down 4. Search key Quick search 5. Back key Move to the previous screen 6. Menu key Options 7. Home key Move to Home screen Press and hold : Show eight most recently used apps. 8. USB port Charging / PC connectivity AUTHORITY 7 9. Headset jack 3.5 mm headset jack 10. Power/Lock key Short press: Screen lock mode Press and hold: Power ON / Phone options 11. Camera 12. External speaker 13. Battery cover Proper Holding Position NOTE The Authority is equipped with an antenna located in the base of the unit. For optimum call quality, hold the phone along the sides and avoid touching the top and bottom of the phone while in a call. Battery Note that browsing the web frequently, extended data usage, being in a poor signal area, or subjecting the device to extreme temperatures will cause the battery to discharge quickly. To increase battery life, limit your data usage, or turn off GPS and Bluetooth when not required. Installing the battery Please use only the original batteries and accessories you received with your phone or CricKet recommended replacements. 1. Remove the battery cover from the unit. 2. Align the batterys exposed gold contacts with the battery connectors inside the battery compartment. 3. Insert the contact side of the battery fi rst and then gently push the battery into place. 4. Replace the battery cover over the battery compartment and press down until you hear a click. AUTHORITY 8 Removing the battery 1. Make sure that your device is turned off . To remove the battery cover from your phone, try open the back cover using your fi nger at the small opening on the bottom of the phone. 2. Push the bottom of the battery upwards and remove the battery. Charging your battery Before you turn on your device and start using it, it is recommended that you charge the battery. 1. Plug the USB cable into the USB power adapter. 2. Plug the power adapter into a standard outlet. 3. Locate the USB port located on the left side of your device. 4. Plug the other end of the USB cable into the phones micro USB port. 5. The USB icon on the cable should always face down when connecting the cable to your device as shown. NOTE It is more efficient to charge the battery with your device powered off. Battery operating time gradually decreases over time. microSDTM Card Use the microSDTM card to store your photos, videos, music and certain apps from AndroidTM Market. You can also move and copy fi les to your computer from your device. Inserting the microSDTM card 1. Remove the battery cover. 2. Locate the microSDTM card slot. 3. Insert the microSDTM card into the slot with its gold contacts facing down until it clicks into place. 4. Replace the battery cover. AUTHORITY 9 Removing the microSDTM card 1. Make sure that your device is turned off , and then remove the battery cover. 2. Slide the microSDTM card out the rest of the way. Removing the microSDTM card while the phone is on If you need to remove the microSDTM card while the phone is on, unmount the microSDTM card fi rst to prevent corrupting or damaging the fi les in the microSDTM card. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Settings. Or tap Menu >
Settings. Storage > Unmount SD card > OK. 2. Tap 3. Remove the microSDTM card by following the steps in SD card safe to remove. Turning Phone On or Off Turning your phone on 1. Press and hold Power/Lock. NOTE The first time you use your phone youll need to set it up. See the Getting Started chapter for details. Turning your phone off 1. If the display is off , press 2. Press and hold 3. When Phone options menu appears, tap Power/Lock for a few seconds. Power/Lock to turn it back on. Power off > OK. AUTHORITY 10 Phone Options Silent mode Power/Lock. Silent mode. 1. Press and hold 2. Tap When you select Silent mode, alarms are silenced. is displayed in the Status bar. Ringtones, alerts, and all audible sounds except media and NOTE To turn silent mode off, press and hold Power/Lock and then tap Silent mode again. Airplane mode 1. Press and hold 2. Tap When you set Airplane mode, disabled. Airplane mode. Power/Lock. is displayed in the Status bar. Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and mobile network functions are all NOTE To turn airplane mode off, press and hold Power/Lock and then tap Airplane mode again. Touchscreen Gestures Tap Tap and hold Swipe or slide Drag Flick Rotate To select onscreen items such as application and settings icons or press onscreen buttons, simply touch them with your fi nger. To open available options for the item, simply touch and hold your fi nger on the screen over the item. Quickly drag your fi nger vertically or horizontally across the screen. Tap and hold your fi nger before you start to drag. While dragging, do not release your fi nger until the item reaches your desired location. Flicking the screen is similar to swiping, but you only need to swipe your fi nger in lighter and quicker strokes. This fi nger gesture is always in a vertical direction, such as fl icking through the contacts or the message lists. For most screens, you can automatically change the screen orientation from portrait to landscape by turning the phone sideways. When entering text, you can turn the phone sideways to bring up a bigger on-screen keyboard. AUTHORITY 11 Keyboard Using Swype Text Entry Method Entering text using the Swype keyboard Swype lets you enter a word with one continuous motion: just drag your fi nger over the letters in the word. 1. Place your fi nger on the key with the fi rst letter of the word and drag your fi nger to each subsequent letter without lifting your fi nger off the screen. 2. Continue until you have fi nished the word. Lift your fi nger after the last letter. 3. If Swype cannot clearly determine your word, the word choice window opens. Select an alternative word from the list. For example, to enter love : Trace from l to o to v to e. To capitalize a letter, glide your fi nger from the fi rst letter up past the top of the keyboard and without lifting, glide your fi nger back down to the next letter of the word. good : To enter a double letter within a word, make a small circle on the letter. AUTHORITY 12 123... : To enter characters on the upper half of the key, tap and hold the key. When the character list appears, you can enter special characters, symbols, and numbers. Or, tap to enter several symbols or numbers. Ill: To enter apostrophes in common words, drag through the . Swype auto-spaces after each word. To add a period, comma, exclamation/question mark you simply drag from the punctuation mark to the spacebar. Swype will automatically insert the character in the correct place and automatically insert a space in anticipation of the next word. If Swype doesnt know the word, you can tap the letter keys to enter it. To add words to Swypes dictionary, tap in the letters of the word, then select it from the word choice list. Tap the prompt that appears to add the word. To remove a word from the dictionary, highlight only the word that you want to delete, and then tap the For more information, tap and hold and tap How to Swype. AUTHORITY 13 Using the Android Keyboard You can enter text using the onscreen keyboard. Some applications open the keyboard automatically. In others, tap anywhere in a text fi eld to open the keyboard. Android keyboard is similar to a desktop computers keyboard. NOTE You can change keyboard settings including User dictionary through the settings menu. From the Home screen, tap Or tap Language & keyboard. Language & keyboard. Settings >
Settings >
Menu >
Apps >
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The characters youve typed appear in a strip above the keyboard with word predictions to the right. Tap a suggested word to enter it. You can also save the characters youve typed by tapping it twice in a strip above the keyboard. Shift key. Tap once to capitalize the next letter you type. Tap it twice for all caps. Symbol key. Tap to switch to the numeric and symbol keyboard. Tap to open Input options and tap and hold to select input method. Voice input key. Tap to input by voice. Backspace key. Tap to delete the previous character. Enter key. Tap to create a new line. 1. Tap the text fi eld to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Tap the onscreen keys to type. 3. Use 4. When youve fi nished typing, tap to erase characters to the left of the cursor. Back to close the keyboard. AUTHORITY 14 To enter numbers, symbols, and other characters Tap Tap on the numeric keyboard To view additional symbols, tap it again to switch back. To switch to the numeric and symbol keyboard. Tap and hold a vowel or the C, N, or S key To open a pop up menu to select an accented vowel or other alternate letter. Tap and hold Tap and hold a number or symbol key To open a pop up menu with a set of common symbols. To open a pop up menu of additional symbols. Not all keys have additional symbols. Tap and hold the main keyboard to open an extension keyboard, with numbers and symbols. To enter a number or symbol from that keyboard, slide your fi nger onto it and then lift your fi nger. When you lift your fi nger, the extended keyboard will no longer be visible. When you tap a key, a larger version displays briefl y over the keyboard. Keys with alternate characters display an ellipsis (...) below the character. Changing the keyboard language Selecting the Android keyboard languages 1. Tap a text fi eld to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Tap Input options > Android keyboard settings. Or tap and hold
Input options > Android keyboard settings. 3. Tap Input languages > Select one or more languages. 4. Tap Back to save. Changing the keyboard language If youve selected more than one keyboard language, the active keyboard language is displayed on the Space bar. You can switch languages easily as follows:
1. Tap and hold 2. Without lifting your fi nger, move it to the left or right until the language you want appears in the center of the small window
. above
. 3. Lift your fi nger. If you have many languages available, you may have to repeat the above steps to reach your desired language. Entering the text by speaking You can use voice input to enter text. Voice input is an experimental feature using Googles speech-recognition service. You must have a data connection on a mobile or Wi-Fi network to use voice input. Turning on voice input If the onscreen keyboard does not display only on the symbol keyboard.
, voice input is not turned on or you have confi gured it to display AUTHORITY 15 Apps >
Settings. Or tap Menu >
Settings. Language & keyboard > Android keyboard. Input options on the onscreen keyboard > Android keyboard settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Or tap You can also tap and hold keyboard settings. on the onscreen keyboard. In the alternate menu that opens, tap Input options > Android 3.Tap Voice input. 4. Tap the option for where you want to use
(On main keyboard or On symbols keyboard). Or tap Off to turn off voice input. Entering text by speaking You can enter text by speaking, in most places that you can enter text with the Android keyboard. on the keyboard. 1. Tap a text fi eld. 2. Tap the 3. When prompted to Speak now, speak what you want to enter. Say comma, period, question mark, or exclamation point to enter punctuation. When you pause, what you spoke is transcribed by the speech-recognition service, entered in the text fi eld and underlined. You can tap to erase the underlined text. If you start typing or entering more text by speaking, the underline disappears. You can edit the onscreen text by typing or speaking. Adding, Editing or Deleting Words in the User Dictionary Sometimes you may need to add a word to the predictive text dictionary, for example, a name or a specialized technical word. If you want to add a word to your User dictionary while entering text, tap and hold the word and select Add ** to dictionary. Adding a word manually 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Type the word > Tap OK. Add. Language & keyboard > User dictionary. Menu >
Apps >
Settings. Or tap Menu >
Settings. Editing or deleting a word 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap To edit words from the dictionary, tap the word you want to edit > Edit > Edit the word > Tap OK. To delete words from the dictionary, tap the word you want to delete > Delete. Language & keyboard > User dictionary. Settings. Or tap Settings. Menu >
Apps >
AUTHORITY 16 Editing Text You can select, copy or cut the text youve entered, then paste it in another text fi eld within the user interface. NOTE Some applications may offer different text editing methods. Selecting text 1. Tap the text fi eld. 2. Move the cursor to the beginning or end of the desired text by tapping in the location you want the cursor. 3. Tap and hold the text fi eld. 4. Tap Select word in the pop up menu. Or tap Select all to select all the text in the text fi eld. 5. Drag your fi nger to move the text cursor to a letter within the text that you want to select. The selected text is highlighted in orange. Cutting and copying the text 1. Select the text to cut or copy it. 2. Tap and hold the selected text. 3. Tap Cut or Copy in the menu that opens. If you tap Cut, the selected text is removed from the text fi eld. In this case, the text is saved to the clipboard, so that you can paste it into another text fi eld. NOTE Be sure to only cut one section of text at a time, as the clipboard only saves a single text string. Pasting the text 1. Cut or copy the text to paste. 2. Tap the text fi eld where you want to paste the text and move the cursor to your desired location. You can paste text that you copied from one application into the text fi eld in any other application. 3. Tap and hold then select Paste in the pop up menu. The text is inserted after the cursor. The text also remains in the clipboard, so you can paste that same text into another location. AUTHORITY 17 Getting Started Google Account You must sign in to a Google account to use Gmail, Google Calendar, and other Google applications; to download applications from Play Store; to back up your settings to Google servers; and to take advantage of other Google services on your phone. Registering a Google account Gmail, Play Store, and other applications require a valid Google account for use. You will be prompted to login in to Google the fi rst time you use these applications. 1. Tap Sign in to register your Google account. If you dont have a Google account, tap Create instead. See the next section for more details. 2. Enter your Google account Username and Password > Tap Sign in. Creating a new Google account 1. Tap Create > Enter First name, Last name and Username > Tap Next. 2. Enter a password in to the Type a password, Confi rm password fi elds, then tap Next. Password tip: Your password must be a minimum of 8 characters in length. 3. Select Security question and enter the Answer, which will be needed if you forget your password and then enter a Secondary Email > Create. 4. Read through Google Terms of Service > Tap I agree, Next. 5. Enter the letters shown on the screen > Tap Next > Tap Finish. Adding a Google account Settings. Apps >
Accounts & sync > Add account. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Google > Tap Next. 4. Tap Sign in to register your Google account. 5. Enter your Google account Username and Password > Tap Sign in > Finish. The Authority supports multiple Google accounts. If you have the same contact across multiple Google accounts, you can merge duplicates into a single item in the contact list. AUTHORITY 18 Removing a Google account Apps >
Settings. Accounts & sync. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Select the account to be deleted > Tap Remove account > Remove account. All information associated with that account will be deleted. This includes contacts, emails, messages, calendar events, etc. At least one Google account is required for normal phone operation. NOTE The phone must be reset to remove a solitary Google account. Getting to Know the Home Screen The Home screen is displayed when the device is in idle mode. You can add your favorite apps, shortcuts, folders and widgets to the Home screen so theyre only a tap away. The Home screen is actually fi ve separate screens. Slide your fi nger the left or right and youll discover more space to add icons, widgets, and more. Tap Home to return to the center Home screen. NOTE To change number of Home screens, from the Home screen, tap screens > Select 3 screen, 5 screen or 7 screen > OK. Apps >
Settings >
Display > Number of home AUTHORITY 19 Previewing the Home screens 1. From any Home screen, tap and hold 2. When you choose a desired Home screen, the display shifts to the selected Home screen. Apps. Customizing the Home Screen The Home screens and display wallpaper are extensively customizable. Home screen customization options 1. Open the Home screen you want to customize. 2. Tap 3. On the menu that appears, select from the following choices. Menu >
Add. Or just tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen. Shortcuts Widgets Folders Wallpapers Shortcuts can cover such functions as Applications, Bookmark, Contact, Cricket Navigator, Direct dial, Direct message, Directions & Navigation, Email, Gmail label, Music playlist and Settings. Widgets are mini-applications for functions as AccuWeather.com, Analog clock, Antivirus Pro, Calendar Agenda, Calendar Month, Data On/Off , Facebook, Google Search, Google+, Home screen tips, Latitude, Music, News & Weather, Notes, NQ Mobile Security, Picture frame, Play Store, Power Control, Radio, Traffi c, Traffi c Manager, TuneIn Radio, Twitter (large), Twitter (small) and YouTube. If you create a new folder, you can drag icons into the folder to organize them. You can also select All contacts, Bluetooth received, Contacts with phone numbers or Favorite contacts. You can choose from your Gallery photos, Live wallpapers or Wallpapers to change the display background. Moving an item on the Home screen 1. From the Home screen, tap and hold the item you want to move until it vibrates. Dont lift your fi nger. 2. Drag the item to a new location on the Home screen. 3. Lift your fi nger at the location where you want the item. AUTHORITY 20 To add a shortcut to any application from the Launcher, tap Launcher and onto a Home screen. Apps, tap and hold the item, then drag it off the Removing an item from the Home screen 1. From the Home screen, tap and hold an item until it vibrates. Dont lift your fi nger. The Dock menu changes into the 2. Drag the item to the 3. When the item turns red, lift your fi nger. Changing the Wallpaper of the Home screen 1. From the Home screen, tap
Wallpapers. Menu >
Wallpaper. Or just tap and hold any empty area on a Home screen 2. Tap one of the following:
Gallery Live wallpapers Wallpapers Choose a photo from your camera gallery or memory card storage. You can crop the image before setting it as the wallpaper. Choose from pre-loaded animated wallpapers. Additional live wallpapers can be downloaded from the Play Store. Choose from the pre-loaded animated or static wallpapers. Additional wallpapers can be downloaded from the Play Store. 3. Tap Save or Set wallpaper. Renaming a folder 1. Tap the folder to open it. 2. Tap and hold the title bar of the folder window. 3. Enter a new name in the dialog box that appears, and then tap OK. Essential Display Icons AUTHORITY 21 Status icons You can tell a lot about your phone when you understand the icons in the Status bar. Heres what each one means:
Signal strength No signal 1X CDMA connected 1X CDMA in use EvDo connected EvDo in use Airplane mode Data synchronizing Synchronization error
Wi-Fi signal strength Tethering or USB connected TTY connected GPS is on and active Vibrate only mode Speakerphone is on Silent mode-no audio or vibration Bluetooth is on Bluetooth device connected No battery It indicates that battery is remaining
(Empty to full charge states) Wired headset connected Wi-Fi hotspot connected
Notifi cation icons Notifi cation icons in the Status bar alert you to items that may require your attention such as new messages, calendar event reminders, missed call notifi cations, etc. Heres what each one means:
Call in progress Missed call Connected to a computer via USB cable Storage card memory is low More (not displayed) notifi cations New Google Talk instant message New voicemail New message Problem with text or multimedia message delivery New Gmail Connected to or disconnected from VPN New Email Downloading data Uploading data (animated) General Warning Icon USB debugging connected No microSDTM card installed microSDTM card is being prepared Upcoming event Microphone is muted Alarm is set Wi-Fi is on and wireless networks are available Song is playing Car mode is active AUTHORITY 22 Notifications Panel When you receive a new notifi cation, an icon will be displayed in your Status bar at the top of your screen. Viewing and responding to Notifi cations 1. Tap and hold Status bar, and then slide your fi nger downward to open the Notifi cations panel. You can set your phone such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, etc. with these icons without the need to go to Settings application. Drag the screen to the left to see more icons. Wi-Fi on/off Bluetooth on/off GPS on/off Data on/off Sound on/off Airplane mode on/off Notifi cation fl ash on/off Adjust the brightness of the screen Data synchronizing on/off Landscape mode of the screen on/off 2. If you have multiple notifi cations, you may need to scroll to see them all. 3. Tap a notifi cation to respond to it. Tap Clear to clear all Notifi cations. Closing the Notifi cations panel Drag the bottom bar of the panel up. Or just tap Back. AUTHORITY 23 Opening and Switching Between Applications The Launcher, which you open from the Home screen, shows the icons of all installed applications on your phone. Opening and closing the Launcher Apps. 1. To open, from the Home screen, tap 2. To close, tap Home or Back. Switching to a recently used application 1. From any screen, tap and hold Home. 2. Tap an icon to open the application or tap Back to return to your previous screen. AUTHORITY 24 Sleep Mode Sleep mode saves battery power by turning off your display. You will still receive messages and calls when the display is turned off . Switching to Sleep mode Press Power/Lock to switch your phone to Sleep mode. Your phone automatically turns off the display after a period of inactivity. To customize the screen timeout settings, from the Home screen, tap Display > Screen timeout. Settings >
Apps >
Waking up from Sleep mode Your phone automatically wakes up when you have an incoming call. To wake it up manually, press Power/Lock. Youll need to unlock the screen as described below. Unlocking the screen On the lock screen, tap the left/right side of the screen and slide your fi nger to the right or left to unlock the screen. The screen unlocks automatically when you answer an incoming call. NOTE If you have set up a screen unlock pattern, pin, or password, you will be asked to draw the pattern on the screen or enter the PIN or password to access the phone software. Activating Secure Screen Lock Apps >
Settings. Or tap Location & security > Set up screen lock. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap If you have already confi gured the screen lock, tap Change screen lock to change how to lock or unlock your screen. 3. Tap Pattern, PIN, or Password. And then, enter a custom pattern, PIN or password as prompted. If you select None, screen unlock security is cancelled. Settings. Menu >
Adjusting Volume Ringtone and Media volume are independent of each other and adjusted separately. Adjusting the ringer volume From the Home screen, press volume to your desired level. Volume up or Volume down on the left side of the phone to adjust the ringer AUTHORITY 25 While in the lowest ringer volume level, press Silent mode, from the Home screen, tap Silent mode. While in the Silent mode or Vibrate mode, press Volume down once to set your phone to Vibrate mode. To set your phone to Sound > Vibrate > Select Never or Only when not in Settings >
Apps >
Volume up once to switch to ringtone mode. Adjusting the media volume While playing music, watching a video or using preloaded or downloaded games or applications, press up or Volume down on the left panel of the phone to adjust the media volume. Volume Adjusting the earpiece volume for phone calls During a phone call, press Volume up or Volume down. Adjusting the volume via Settings menu 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Drag the volume sliders left or right to adjust your phones Ringtone, Media, and Alarm. Your phone plays a sample tone at Sound > Volume. Settings. Or tap Settings. Menu >
Apps >
the selected volume level while you drag the slider. NOTE If you uncheck the option to use incoming call volume for notifications, you can set the notification ringtone volume independently. 4. When youre done, tap OK. Searching Your Phone and the Web The search key is a powerful part of the Authoritys software and enables you to quickly locate fi les, contacts, and applications. You can also search the web using your favorite web search service. Search. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Begin entering text, or tap a previously used search term. As you enter the text, matching items on your phone and suggestions from Google web search will appear on the screen. 3. Tap a suggestion to go directly to that result. Apps >
Search. AUTHORITY 26 1 2 1 2 Type in your search criteria. Tap to search by voice. Setting search options Search. Menu >
1. Tap 2. Tap 3. Tap any of the following:
Search settings. Device Search Web Searchable items Clear on-device history Google Search Opens list of searchable locations on your phone. Clear search history for on-device content and apps. Use My Location, Search on google.com, Terms of Service, Open Source Licenses. Using Voice search 1. Tap and hold Or tap the Search. in the Google search box or in the Browsers URL box. 2. Speak what you want to search for. 3. Searched words with similar pronunciations are listed. If you select a desired search result, the Google result appears with the corresponding keyword. If you speak inaccurately, the desired keyword may not appear. AUTHORITY 27 Connecting Your Phone to a Computer Copying fi les to/from the microSDTM card You can copy your music, photos, and other fi les to the microSDTM card of your phone. NOTE This option is available only when a microSDTM card is inserted into the slot of your phone. While your phone is connected to a computer, USB Mass storage mode prevents you from using applications that access the memory card. 1. Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB cable. 2. Open the Notifi cations panel > Tap USB connected. 3. Tap Turn on USB storage. On your computer, the connected phone is recognized as a removable hard drive. 4. Navigate to the removable drive and open it. 5. Do one of the following:
Copy the fi les from the computer to the microSDTM cards root folder. Copy the fi les from the phones microSDTM card to a folder in your computer. 6. After copying the fi les, unmount the removable drive (that is, your phone) as required by your computers operating system to safely remove your phone. 7. After you have unmounted the removable drive, you can disconnect the phone from the computer. AUTHORITY 28 Phone Calls Making Calls The simplest way to make a call is to dial the number directly. You can also call numbers listed in your call log or Contacts list. Making a call from the dialer screen Phone. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the number you want to dial. If you make a mistake, tap 3. Tap The Calling screen is shown and the To change the volume during a call, press 4. To end the call, tap End Call. Apps >
Phone. to erase a single character. Tap and hold to erase the entire string. appears in the Status bar while the call is active. Volume up /
Volume down. Entering a Pause/Wait Pause and wait options can help you dial additional numbers such as a voicemail password, or phone banking system menus. 1. From the Home screen, tap Phone. 2. Tap the number you wish to dial > Tap Menu >
Add 2-sec pause or Add wait. Or tap and hold * to enter Add 2-sec pause or tap and hold # to enter Add wait on the keypad. the remaining numbers. Add 2-sec pause : Your phone will wait for 2 seconds then continue to dial the remaining numbers automatically. Add wait : Your phone will wait with the message, Send the following tones? until Send is tapped, then continue dialing Making an international call Phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold 0 until the international prefi x + appears. 3. Tap the country code, area code, and phone number. 4. Tap
. AUTHORITY 29 Calling a number from the Call log Your phone logs all incoming and outgoing calls. Apps >
Phone >
Call log. Or tap at the right of any entry to dial. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Calls are listed with the most recent at the top. Calls to the same phone number are grouped together. Scroll up or down to view additional entries in the log. If you want to edit a number before calling, tap and hold the desired number, and then tap Edit number before call. Contacts >
Call log. Making a call from the Contact list Phone >
Contacts. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Scroll through the contact list. To fi nd a specifi c contact, you can search by tapping contact youre searching for. As you type, contacts with matching names appear below the search box. Or you can use the tab on the right hand side of the screen to scroll through the alphabetical contacts. Search. Enter the name of the Search or tap Contacts. Menu >
Apps >
3. Tap the contact you want to call. 4. Tap
. Making an emergency call Your phone supports international emergency numbers such as 911. Emergency calling is supported anywhere the phone has a network signal. Making an emergency call 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the emergency number for your location. This is usually 911, *911, #911 or 966. 3. Tap 4. To end the emergency call, tap End Call. Phone. Making an emergency call while the phone is locked 1. When your phone is no service status, Emergency call button is displayed on the lock screen. Tap Emergency call. 2. Tap the emergency number for your location. This is usually 911, *911, #911 or 966. 3. Tap 4. To end the emergency call, tap End Call. AUTHORITY 30 Answering or Rejecting Calls When you receive a phone call, the screen displays the callers name, phone number, and caller ID icon (if stored in Contacts). When you receive a phone call from a phone number not stored in your Contacts, only the default caller ID icon and phone number are shown. All incoming calls are recorded in the Call log. If you miss a call, you receive a reminder notifi cation. Answering or rejecting an incoming call Answering or rejecting an incoming call while the screen is locked 1. Drag up the bottom bar to display the Answer and Decline button. 2. Drag up the bottom bar again and release it to activate the Answer and Decline button. 3. Tap Answer to answer the call. Or tap Decline to reject the call. To silence the ringer before answering the call, press either of the volume keys. Press Power/Lock to reject the call or lock the screen. You can set Power button ends call on the Accessibility settings. NOTE The caller you reject is sent directly to your voicemail box to leave a message. Answering or rejecting an incoming call while the screen is unlocked 1. Tap Answer to answer the call. Or tap Decline to reject the call. If you were already in a call, the fi rst call is placed on hold during answering the new call. Checking missed calls is displayed in the Status bar. If you miss a call, If you open the Notifi cations panel, you will see the number of missed calls. Tap the notifi cation to be taken to the call log and view detailed information. AUTHORITY 31 Using In-Call Options When a call is in progress, the following options are available:
Speaker Mute Hold Bluetooth Dial Pad Contacts Menu Tap You can turn the speakerphone off by tapping the Speaker icon again. The speaker is turned off automatically when your current call ends. You can unmute the microphone by tapping Mute icon again. You can place the current call on hold at any point during conversation. When a Bluetooth device is paired and connected to your phone, you can conduct all calls using Bluetooth for hands-free conversation. When using Bluetooth headset during a call, the current call screen has a blue border and the Ongoing Call icon turns blue in the Status bar. Tap Bluetooth icon to toggle in-call audio to and from the Bluetooth accessory. Tap Dial Pad to enter additional numbers during your call. Tap Dial Pad icon again to close dial pad. You can search for contacts during a call. Add call to add another call. Swap call to switch between two calls. Bluetooth to conduct calls using Bluetooth for hands-free conversation if a Bluetooth device is Tap Tap Tap paired and connected to your phone. Tap Tap Tap Merge calls to merge calls during conversation. End held call to end held call during conversation. End all call to end all calls. NOTE To avoid damaging your hearing, do not hold the phone up to your ear when the speakerphone is on. Using Call Log The phone stores the numbers of all incoming and outgoing calls in the Call log. The Call log displays the details of the call including time, date, and duration. Opening the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap Calls are listed with the most recent at the top. Calls of the same phone number are grouped together. Scroll to view earlier entries in the log. Call log. Or tap Contacts >
Phone >
Call log. Apps >
NOTE You can tap and hold the desired number in the call log list to select options such as Call, View contact, Edit number before call, Send text message, Add to contacts, Remove from call log. AUTHORITY 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 Missed call. Incoming call. Tap to open a group of calls to the same phone number. Outgoing call. Tap to dial this contact. Tap the number for more call details, or tap and hold the contact for more options. Calling a number from the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap Phone >
2. If you want to call a number directly, tap Call log. at the right of the entry. Or, select a contact > Tap If you want to edit a number before calling, tap and hold the desired entry, and then tap Edit number before call. Adding a phone number from your Call log to your the Contacts lists Phone >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the desired entry > Add to contacts. 3. In the list of contacts that opens, tap Create new contact or add to an existing contact. 4. Tap Done. Call log. Sending a text message from the Call log Call log. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact > Send text message. 3. Enter your message and tap Send. Phone >
AUTHORITY 33 Clearing the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap To remove just one entry from the Call log, tap and hold the entry. In the pop up menu, tap Remove from call log. Phone >
Clear call log > OK. Menu >
Call log. Filtering the Call log 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Filter. 3. Select Incoming calls, Outgoing calls, Missed calls or All calls. Phone >
Menu >
Call log. Viewing call statistics for your calls 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap To reset all data, tap Menu >
Call statistics. Menu >
Reset. Phone >
Call log. Listening to Your Voicemail Voicemail application is displayed only when phone calls are available. When you have a new voicemail message, appears in the Status bar. Calling your voicemail 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Voicemail. Calling your voicemail from the Dial Pad 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold 1. Phone. AUTHORITY 34 Using Voice Dialer You can use the Voice Search application or Voice Dialer application to place a phone call by speaking the name of a contact or a phone number. 1. From the Home screen, tap If you have a Bluetooth headset that supports voice-recognition or voice-dialing, you may be able to open Voice Search by pressing and holding your headsets main button and dial by voice using your headset. For details, see your headset manual. Voice Dialer. Apps >
2. The Voice Dialer opens, listens for your spoken instructions, and displays some hints for how to use it. 3. Say Call followed by the name of the contact to call. Or, follow one of the suggestions for dialing a number or controlling your phone in other ways. AUTHORITY 35 Contacts About Contacts Contacts give you quick and easy access to the people you want to reach. Contacts from Google accounts are also downloaded and synced with the Contact list. You can manage your communications with your contacts via phone, messaging, and email without the need to jump from one app to another. Opening Your Contacts Open Contacts to add, view, and communicate with your friends and acquaintances. 1. From the Home screen, tap All of your contacts are displayed alphabetically in a scrolling list. You can use the tab on the right hand side of the screen, or fl ick your fi nger up or down to scroll quickly. Contacts. Apps >
Getting Started Apps >
Menu >
Contacts. Adding a new contact 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. If you have more than one account, select an account, then enter the information for the contact. Tap Enter your contacts information. 4. Tap Done.
> Select Take photo or Select photo from Gallery to add a picture. New contact. AUTHORITY 36 Saving a phone number from the Dial Pad 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter the number > Tap 3. Tap Create new contact or an existing contact. 4. Enter the information for the contact > Tap Done. Phone. Menu >
Add to contacts. Storing a contact using Call log Apps >
Call log > Tap the number you want to save > Add to contacts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Create new contact or select an existing contact. 4. If you have more than one account, tap the account where you want to save the contact > Enter the information for the Contacts. contact > Tap Done. Importing / Exporting / Sharing contacts Importing contacts from your microSDTM card If you have contacts stored in vCard format on the microSDTM card, you can import them into Contacts on your phone. Apps >
Menu >
Contacts. Import/Export. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Import from SD card. 4. If you have more than one account on your phone, select the desired account. 5. Tap the option to Import one vCard fi le, Import multiple vCard fi les or Import all vCard fi les on the microSDTM card. 6. Tap OK to confi rm. The contacts are imported. Exporting contacts to your microSDTM card Contacts. Apps >
Menu >
Import/Export. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Export to SD card. 4. Tap OK to confi rm. This process creates a fi le containing all your contacts with a .vcf extension on your microSDTM card. Sharing visible contacts 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Share visible contacts > Select Menu >
Import/Export. Apps >
Contacts. Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Messaging or Share via barcode. AUTHORITY 37 Viewing details about a contact Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the contact whose details you want to view. 3. Tap the communication icon to start dialing, texting, or emailing the contact. Contacts. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tap to open Quick Contact. Add to favorites : To remove a contact from your favorites list, tap the gold star again. The star turns gray and the contact is removed from your favorites list. Tap to call. Tap to compose a text message. Tap to send an email. Tap to chat. Tap to view the address on Maps. Search for a contact 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Start entering the contacts name. Search or tap Menu >
Apps >
Contacts. Search. As you type, contacts with matching names appear below the search box. 4. Tap the matching contact in the list to open. AUTHORITY 38 Editing/Deleting Contacts Editing contact details 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact you want to edit > Tap Edit contact. 3. Edit the contact information. 4. Tap Done. Contacts. Apps >
Setting a contacts default phone number/email Setting a contacts default phone number The default phone number is used when you initiate a call or text message by tapping and holding a contact. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the desired contact > Tap and hold the phone number to designate it as the default phone number. 3. Tap Make default number. The default phone number is indicated with a checkmark. Contacts. Setting a contacts default email The default email is used when you send an email from the list by tapping and holding a contact. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the desired contact > Tap and hold the email address to designate it as the default email address. 3. Tap Make default email. The default email is indicated with a checkmark. Contacts. Setting a ringtone for a contact Apps >
Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the desired contact. 3. Tap Tap a ringtone from the list to play when the contact calls. A sample of the ringtone is played. 4. Tap OK. Options > Ringtone. Menu >
Adding a contact to your favorites 1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts. 2. Tap and hold the desired contact > Add to favorites. To remove a contact from your favorites list, tap and hold the contact > Remove from favorites. Apps >
AUTHORITY 39 Joining contacts Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the contact you want to save. The others will merge into this fi le. This is the contact you will see in contacts after joining. 3. Tap 4. Tap the contact you want to join with the fi rst contact. The information from the second contact is added to the fi rst contact, Edit contact > Tap Contacts. Menu >
Menu >
Join. and the second contact is hidden. Separating contacts Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the contact you want to separate. Menu >
3. Tap 4. The contact information is split into separate contacts. Edit contact > Tap Contacts. Menu >
Separate > OK. Deleting a contact 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact you want to delete > Delete contact. Contacts. Apps >
Or tap the contact you want to delete > Tap Menu >
Delete contact. 3. Tap OK. Communicating Sending text message 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact you want to send > Text contact. The Primary Phone Number is used, or you are prompted to choose a phone number. Contacts. Apps >
Making calls 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the contact to call > Call contact. The Primary Phone Number is used, or you are prompted to choose a phone number. Contacts. Apps >
AUTHORITY 40 Map of contacts 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the desired contact > Tap the 3. Select Cricket Navigator or Maps > The mapping application will be opened. place icon of the address. Contacts. Apps >
Connecting by using Quick Contact Apps >
Contacts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the icon or photo next to your desired contact > Tap the desired communication method. Only the icons relevant to your contacts data are displayed. If there are too many icons to fi t on the screen, drag to the left or right to select an icon. AUTHORITY 41 Account Setting Working with Google accounts Apps >
Menu >
Contacts. Accounts. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap After registering your Google account, your online Google contacts are synchronized to your phone. Changes made online or on the phone are automatically synchronized and updated in both locations. This address book will be used throughout the user interface. If you register two or more accounts, you can merge address books from the multiple accounts into one address book. Contact List Display Options Menu >
Contacts. Apps >
Display options. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Only contacts with phones: Only contacts with phone numbers are shown in the contacts list. Sort list by: Select First name or Last name. View contact names as: Select First name fi rst or Last name fi rst. Choose contacts to display: Tap an account to open its list of groups. Check or uncheck the groups you want to display in the contact list. 3. Tap Done. AUTHORITY 42 Groups Assign contacts to groups to easily send a message or email to a whole group. You can also sync groups on your phone with your Google groups, which are accessible via the web browser of your computer. Viewing contact groups 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to view. Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. Apps >
Creating a new group 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Enter a name for the group > Tap Done. 5. Select the contacts you want to add to the group > Tap Done. Group > Select the account you want. Menu >
New group. Contacts. Adding a contact to an existing group Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts. 2. Tap and hold a contact you want to edit > Tap Group. 3. Select or deselect groups using the checkboxes. 4. Tap OK. Adding contacts to the group on the group list Apps >
Contacts. Group > Select the account you want. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to select. Menu > Add member. 4. Tap 5. Add or remove group contacts by checking or un-checking the boxes. 6. Tap Done. Sending a group message NOTE Group messages are billed according to the number of messages sent to each individual group member. Meaning a single message sent to a group of 5 people will be billed as 5 messages. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. AUTHORITY 43 3. Tap the desired group > Tap Menu > Send group message. Or, tap and hold the group you want > Send group message. 4. Select recipients > Tap Done. The list is shown with only contacts with phone numbers of the group. Select members to whom you want to send a message. The top checkbox is used for selecting or deselecting all group members at once. If more than 40 recipients are selected, the outgoing messages will be batched in groups of 40. 5. Compose the message and tap Send. Renaming a group 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to rename > Tap Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. Or tap and hold the group you want to rename > Rename group. Menu > Rename group. 4. Enter a name for the group > Tap Done. The renamed group list is shown as part of the group list. Deleting a group 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the group you want to delete > Tap Group > Select the account you want. Apps >
Contacts. Or tap and hold the group you want to delete > Delete group> OK. Deleting a group does not delete the contacts contained within the group. Menu > Delete group > OK. NOTE You can only delete groups you have created. AUTHORITY 44 Messaging About Messaging Use Messaging to send text messages (SMS) and multimedia messages (MMS) to other mobile phones and email addresses. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Messaging. On the Messaging screen, your sent and received messages are neatly grouped into conversations, by contact names or phone number. You can:
Scroll up or down the list of conversations by fl icking your fi nger on the screen. Tap a contact name or number to view the conversation history. Tap the photo or to open additional menu options. Sending Messages Sending a Text Message NOTE Depending on your billing plan, if you exceed the single text message character limit, you will be billed for multiple messages. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New message. Or tap 3. Enter the phone number in the To fi eld. Fill in one or more recipients. You can:
Enter the fi rst few letters of a contact name or phone number. Matching contacts are displayed. Continue typing or tap a name or phone number from the search results. Messaging. Compose. 4. Tap Type to compose > Enter your message. Tap Menu to see more options. Add subject Attach Send Insert smiley Discard Add subject. Attach Media Files or a Slideshow within the message. Send your message. Insert a smiley in the message. Delete the message in progress. AUTHORITY 45 All threads Go back to text messaging inbox. 5. Tap Send. Tap Back to save the message as a draft. NOTE Your text message automatically becomes a multimedia message on below condition:
Compose a message over 160 characters Add subject Attach an item Sending a multimedia message (MMS) To compose a multimedia message, start by creating a new text message. Then simply add an attachment. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New message. Or tap 3. Enter the phone number in the To fi eld. Or select recipients from the contact list. 4. Tap Type to compose > Enter your message. 5. Tap Attach > Choose the type of attachment. Messaging. Compose. Menu >
Pictures Capture picture Videos Capture video Audio Record audio Slideshow vCard Select a photo. Capture a new photo. Select a video. Record a new video. Select an audio fi le. Record a new audio fi le. Create a slideshow from up to 10 of your photos. Select a contact card. 6. From the message body, tap:
View: To view the attached item. Replace: To change attached fi les. Remove: To remove attached fi les. 7. Tap Send MMS. Tap Back to save it as a draft. Resuming a draft message 1. From the Home screen, tap Messaging. 2. Tap the message indicated by Draft to resume editing. 3. When you fi nish editing, tap Send. Apps >
AUTHORITY 46 Reading Messages Apps >
Messaging. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a message thread. 3. Tap and hold an individual message to see more options. Lock/Unlock message Call ***
Add *** to Contacts Forward Copy message text View message details Delete message To lock/unlock a message. To call the message sender. (Only on incoming messages) To save the phone number or email address to Contacts. (Only on incoming messages) To forward a message. Enter a recipient, edit the content of the message as needed > Tap Send. To copy text from a message. To view details about a message. To delete a message. Deleting a message thread Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the message thread > Delete thread. If you want delete all message threads, tap 3. Tap Delete. Messaging. Menu >
Delete threads. Searching messages 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the search term > Tap Menu >
. Apps >
Messaging. Search or tap Search. Replying to a message 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the received message > Tap Type to compose > Enter your message. 3. Tap Send. Messaging. Apps >
AUTHORITY 47 Receiving Emergency Alerts Messages Emergency Alerts service allows you to receive automatic alerts in times of crisis. (e.g., earthquake, hurricanes, etc.) Wireless Emergency Alerts (WEA), also known as CMAS, is a part of a national alerting system called IPAWS (Integrated Public Alert and Warning System) that enables emergency management offi cials to rapidly disseminate the warnings and safety information via text alerts to wireless phones based on the phones geographic location, The Federal Emergency Management Agency or FEMA is responsible for receiving the alerting information and forwarding the alerts to participating wireless carriers such as Sprint. Such alerts may come from the President of the United States; the National Weather Service, state or county public safety offi cials. This system is integrated into the same national alerting services that serve television and radio today. For more information regarding WEA/CMAS please go to: FEMA website. http://www.fema.gov/emergency/ipaws/projects.shtm#6 Receiving Emergency Alerts Messages 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Emergency alerts message you want to view. Apps >
Messaging. Emergency alert icon. is displayed in the Status bar. If Presidential Emergency Alert, Emergency alert messages are indicated with If Emergency alert arrives on your phone during a call, Emergency alert icon fl ashes. If non-Presidential, Emergency alert icon is static icon. ONLY the Presidential Emergency Alert icon is displayed under the Time/Date on the unlock/lock screen. If you are on a Emergency alert message screen in the Messaging application, the following options are removed or disabled :
Reply, Forward, and Call. If you have power cycled your phone and a Presidential Emergency Alert has NOT been viewed, the Presidential Emergency Alert icon will continue to fl ash when the device is powered on again. AUTHORITY 48 Changing Messaging Settings Apps >
Messaging. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Settings. Menu >
Storage settings Delete old messages Text message limit Multimedia message limit Check to delete older messages in a thread when messaging memory or thread limits are reached. Uncheck to keep all messages. You may need to manually delete messages if the messaging memory limit is reached. Tap to set the number of messages to save per message thread. When the limit is reached, older text messages are deleted if Delete old messages is checked. Tap to set the number of multimedia messages to save per message thread. When the limit is reached, older multimedia messages are deleted if Delete old messages is checked. Text message (SMS) settings Delivery reports Check to request a delivery report for each message you send. Multimedia message (MMS) settings Delivery reports Auto-retrieve Roaming auto-retrieve Notifi cation settings Notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Signature Check to request a delivery report for each message you send. Uncheck to download only the heading of multimedia messages. You will need to tap the MMS message heading and manually download each MMS message. Check to retrieve messages automatically while roaming. Check to be notifi ed in Status bar whenever you receive a new message. Select a ringtone to sound when you receive new message notifi cations. Set the phone to vibrate every time you receive a new message notifi cation, only when silent mode, or never. Enable Signature Signature Text Check to enable signature. Enter a signature to append to outgoing messages. Receive Emergency Alerts Received Alerts Alert Reminder Vibrate Set to receive Extreme, Severe or Amber Emergency Alerts. Select Once, Every 2 minutes or Every 15 minutes. Check to vibrate when notifi ed. AUTHORITY 49 Google Gmail Opening your Inbox and Reading your Gmail The inbox is your default Gmail view. All your received emails are delivered to your inbox. Gmail. Apps >
to star the email. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the email you want to read. Tap If the sender is a friend in Google Talk, you can see your friends online status. Tap Archive to archive the message. Tap Delete to delete the message from your inbox. Tap Tap or Menu to see more options(
to see the previous or next message in the list. Change labels, Mark read/Mark unread, Mark important/Not important, Go to inbox, Mute, More(Add star/Remove star, Report spam, Settings, Help, Select text)). Replying to or forwarding an email message Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. When reading a message, To reply to the sender, tap To reply to all message recipients, tap To forward the message, tap
. Gmail.
. AUTHORITY 50 Sending a new email Gmail. Compose. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Enter a name or address in the To fi eld. To send the email to several recipients, separate each email address with a comma. 4. Enter a subject in the Subject fi eld. 5. Type the message text in the Compose Mail fi eld. To attach an image fi le, tap Menu >
6. Tap To save the message as a draft, Tap Attach > Select the picture you want to attach. Menu >
Send. Save draft. Menu >
or tap or tap Working with Multiple Email Messages You can archive, delete or label groups of email messages at the same time. Gmail. Apps >
check the box next to the email messages you want to work with. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, Tap Archive to move messages out of your inbox without deleting. Archived emails are assigned the All Mail label. Tap Delete to delete selected messages. Tap Labels > Select the labels that you want to assign > Tap OK. Or tap Mark read/Mark unread, Add star/Remove star, Mark important/Not important, Menu > To Report spam, Mute, More(Deselect all, Help, About). Switching between Google accounts If you have set up two or more Google Accounts on your phone, you can switch between them in Gmail. Gmail displays only one Google Account at a time. The current account is shown at the top right of any message list. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Tap the account that you want to view. You can also tap the account name at the top of the screen to see a list of your Apps >
Menu >
Accounts. Gmail. accounts. AUTHORITY 51 Searching for email messages All fi elds of your email messages are searchable. Search will include all your Gmail Messages, not just those that synchronized to your phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Enter a search term > Tap Your previous searches are shown below the search box. Apps >
Menu >
Gmail. Search or tap
. Search. Labeling email messages You can organize your emails by label. Gmail has preset labels. Or you can create your own labels in Gmail when viewed on a computer. (Note: Custom label colors created on the web are not supported on your phone). Labeling an email 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. When reading a message, tap 3. Select a label > Tap OK. Apps >
Gmail. Menu >
Change labels. Viewing emails by label 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, tap 3. Tap a label to view matching email messages. Apps >
Menu >
Gmail. Go to labels. Starring/un-starring an email message You can star an important email to make it easy to fi nd again. Starred emails are assigned the Starred labels. Apps >
Gmail. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any message list, Tap Tap to star a message. to un-star a message. NOTE Google services (Gmail, Google Talk, etc.) are a data-intensive feature. Cricket recommends that you upgrade to an unlimited data plan to avoid additional data charges. AUTHORITY 52 Google Talk Use Google Talk to send instant messages to other Google Talk users anywhere they are logged in. Signing in or out of Talk Opening Talk and Signing in 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Talk. When you fi rst open Talk, your friends list is displayed. NOTE: When you fi rst turn on your phone and sign in to your Google Account, you are automatically signed in to Google Talk. You will remain signed in, even while youre using other applications, until you deliberately sign out. Talk syncs data only from the fi rst Google Account you added to your phone. Signing out of Talk 1. From the Talk friends list, tap Menu >
Sign out. Updating Your Online Status, Profi le Picture, and Status Message Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Talk. 2. Tap your name at the top of the Talk friends list. Tap your picture > Remove to delete the image or Change to select another picture from your microSDTM card. Tap the online status bar > Select your online status: Available, Busy, or Invisible. Enter a new status message. 3. Tap Done. Your picture, online status, and message will be updated anywhere your Talk status is displayed. Adding and managing friends list Online Status Indicators Available Away Busy Offl ine Monitoring online status The Talk friends list is sorted by online status: active chats, online, away, busy, and offl ine. Within each status group, friends are listed alphabetically. Icons in Google Talk, Gmail, Maps, and other applications indicate Talk status. Adding a friend to your friends list Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Talk. AUTHORITY 53 Menu >
2. Tap 3. Enter a Google Talk ID or a Gmail address > Send invitation. Add friend. When your friend accepts the invitation, the friend is added to your Talk contacts list. To view a list of pending invitations to friends, tap Menu >
More > Invites. Accepting chat invitations When you are added to a friends Talk contact list, you will receive a notifi cation and an invitation appears in your friends list. Talk. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From the Talk friends list, tap Chat invitation. Tap Accept to accept the invitation. The friend is added to your friend list. Tap Cancel if you dont want to chat or share your Talk status with the sender. Tap Block to block and add the sender to your blocked users list. Viewing all friends or most popular friends 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap When viewing All friends, tap Menu >
Apps >
Talk. All friends to view all your friends. Menu >
Most popular to view only friends that you often chat with. Managing a friend 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold a friends name to see more options (Start chat/Go to chat/End chat, Friend info, Block friend, Remove friend, Apps >
Talk. View contact, Always show friend/Auto show friend, Hide friend). NOTE Block friend: This option will block a user from sending you messages and add the user to your blocked friends list. Always show friend: This setting will add the friend to your Most popular list. To remove a friend from the Most popular list, tap and hold the friends name then tap > Auto show friend. Chatting with friends Chatting with a friend 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap an online friend. 3. Enter your message in the text box > Send. Apps >
Talk. Accepting an invitation to chat When a friend sends you a Talk message, you receive a notifi cation. There are 2 ways to respond:
On your friends list, tap the friend who sent you the chat invitation or Open the notifi cations panel and tap the chat notifi cation. AUTHORITY 54 Adding another friend to your chat 1. When youre chatting with a friend, tap 2. Tap a friend to invite. Menu >
Add to chat. This will start a new group chat for all parties. Only those who accept the new chat invitation will be joined to the group chat. Switching between active chats You can switch between multiple active chats. 1. When youre chatting with a friend, Tap Or swipe left or right across the screen to switch between chats. Switch chats > Tap the desired active chat. Menu >
On the record or off the record your chats You can make your chats on the record or off the record. 1. When youre chatting with a friend, tap Or tap Chat on record. Chat off record to make your chats off the record. Menu >
Menu >
Ending your current chat 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From any chat window, tap Apps >
Menu >
Talk. End chat. Talk settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
Talk. General settings Notifi cation settings About Automatically sign in Mobile indicator Automatic away-status Clear search history IM notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Invitation notifi cations Terms & privacy Automatically sign in to Google Talk when you turn your phone on. When selected, your status will indicate you are using Google Talk on your mobile phone. Set your status to away when your phones display is off . Clear previous Google Talk chat searches from showing up in the Search box. Show a notifi cation icon in Status bar when you have a new message. Select the Google Talk Notifi cation ringtone. Set to vibrate the phone when a new Google Talk message arrives. Notify in Status bar when friend invitations are received. Read detailed Google Talk legal Terms and privacy statements. AUTHORITY 55 Google+
With Google+, you can not only share your thoughts and location but also upload your photos or videos. Apps >
Google+. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the category you want; Stream, Messenger, Photos, Profi le or Circles. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Settings to set Google+. Send feedback to submit your feedback. Sign out to sign out. Help to get help and details on how to use Google+. Privacy policy to view Google service privacy policy. Terms of service to view Google terms of service. to search for posts. to create a post. to view notifi cations. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Messenger With Messenger application, you can chat with your friends directly. Apps >
Messenger. to start conversation with friends. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap to go to Google+ screen. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Settings to set Google+. Send feedback to submit your feedback. Help to get help and details on how to use Messenger. AUTHORITY 56 Maps Use Maps to fi nd your current location and get directions. You can search for addresses, landmarks and businesses directly on a street map or satellite image. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Maps. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings Opening and viewing Maps Viewing your location 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap
. Apps >
Maps. shows your location on the map and points north for your reference. Using Maps 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. While viewing a map, swipe to any direction on the screen. Apps >
Maps. Zooming in and out of a map Apps >
Maps. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. To Zoom In/Out of a map, Tap Tap or double-tap on the map to zoom in. to zoom out. Viewing a map in Compass mode Apps >
. Maps. icon will turn into 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. To view a map in compass mode, tap The icon. 3. Tap The map will orient itself in the direction youre facing and shift from an overhead view to a more angled view. To exit Compass mode, tap
. Viewing location details Viewing information for a location Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. While viewing a map, tap and hold a location, starred place, or a search result on the map. A balloon opens over the location, with summary information. Maps. AUTHORITY 57 3. Tap the balloon to see the address or more information. Starring or un-starring a location Add a Star to bookmark and easily return to a map location. 1. While viewing detail information for a location, Tap Tap to star the location. to un-star the location. Viewing a location in Street view Street view mode provides a street-level view of the location. Street view may not be available for all areas. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. While viewing detailed information for a location, tap To view surrounding areas, swipe the screen in any direction. Apps >
Maps. Searching for a location You can search Google Maps for specifi c locations, company names, or business types. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the search criteria. As you type, suggested matches from your contacts, the web, and previously searched items are Search to open the Search Maps. Search or tap Menu >
Apps >
Maps. to search or displayed. Tap Tap a suggested search term. 4. The search results are displayed as Tap markers and titles to view more information. Tap markers with letter labels on the map. to show the search results as a list > Tap each item to see more information. Viewing map layers Initially, Google Maps opens with a street map. You can view additional map layers, such as satellite images and traffi c information. You can also view custom Web created Google Maps. Apps >
. A dialog opens with a list of layers. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Turn layers on or off by tapping the layer name. A check mark indicates the layer is selected. Tap Clear Map to deselect all layers. Maps. Layers may change the map entirely or overlay additional information. Tap icons or interactive items to explore diff erent layer types. AUTHORITY 58 Getting directions 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Use your current location as the starting point, or enter a location in the Start point fi eld. Directions. Menu >
Apps >
Maps. Or tap to select an address from your contacts, a point that you tap on a map, or My Places. 4. Enter your destination in the End point fi eld. Or tap to select an address from your contacts, a point that you tap on the map, or My Places. or or 5. Tap to select your transportation method > Tap Get directions. Places Use Google Places to explore your current location. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Places. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings Searching Places. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the place category you want to search. To add a search category, tap 3. The search results display in a list, with their approximate distance and direction. Tap to see your results on a map. Tap a place to view more information. Add a search. Menu >
Navigation Navigation is an internet-connected GPS navigation system with voice guidance. Navigation provides both spoken and on-screen turn-by-turn driving directions. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Navigation. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings AUTHORITY 59 Opening & Using Navigation There are many ways to view the map and travel progress while in Navigation mode. See the Changing Views section below for more information. Navigating with Turn by Turn Directions when viewing driving directions in Google Maps. Map to begin tracking your journey, even if you havent chosen a destination. Apps >
Navigation or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Customize your navigation settings for highways or tolls by tapping Tap 3. From the list of destination options, Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap a recent destination to select the previous destination. Speak destination to search the destination with voice. Type destination to enter the destination. Contacts to use a contacts address information. Starred places to select the destination from starred places. A map opens with your route drawn in blue. Specifi c instructions are listed at the top of the screen. As you navigate your route, each direction is spoken in turn, and the next turn is displayed. Your current location is shown as a blue arrow on the map, which is updated as you navigate your route. Google Navigation downloads and temporarily stores a copy of the directions and other information about your route on the phone, so if you lose your connection to a data network, you can still navigate to your destination. You can control the volume of the spoken instructions with directions, tap Menu >
Mute. Volume up /
Volume down. To turn off the spoken Previewing your route 1. From an active navigation, tap the directional instruction banner at the top of the screen. 2. Tap to preview the next or previous segment of your route. or When you preview a route, tap to switch to the street-level view of your route. Changing views of your route You can view your progress on your route as a map with diff erent informational layers. Zoom in and out or drag to view adjacent areas. You can also view your progress in Satellite or Street View. Menu > Layers to switch to views traffi c or a Satellite View, or to show the locations of parking, restaurants, and 1. While viewing an active navigation, Tap other landmarks along your route. Tap information, and more. Tap Drag the map to view adjacent areas, or tap the map to see controls for zooming in and out. while on the Route Info screen to view each turn as a scrolling list of written directions. Menu > Route Info for a high-level summary of your route, with options to pick a new route, see traffi c AUTHORITY 60 Finding an alternate route If traffi c is slow on your current route, or if you just want to try a diff erent route, you can request an alternate route from the Google Maps Navigation service. 1. From an active navigation, 2. Tap 3. Select the alternate route youd like to use to resume turn-by-turn guidance. Menu > Route Info >
. Exiting Navigation You can exit Navigation mode when you reach your destination, or at any time by tapping Menu > Exit Navigation. Latitude Latitude allows you to share your location with friends and view their locations on a map. Your location is not shared automatically. You must join Latitude, and then invite your friends to view your location or accept their invitations. Only friends that you have explicitly invited or accepted can see your location. NOTE You need an active mobile data or Wi-Fi connection to use Latitude. To see your location and get directions, you must turn on location services. From the Home screen, tap
Maps may not be available for all locations. Location & security. Select one or both from Use wireless networks or Use GPS satellites. Apps >
Settings Joining and opening Latitude 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. The fi rst time you join Latitude, youre prompted to accept or reject the Google privacy policy. Latitude. Apps >
Adding friends Add friends to Latitude to share your location with them and request to see their location. Only friends you have explicitly invited or accepted can see your location within Latitude. Inviting friends or tap Latitude. Apps >
Add friends. 1. From the Home screen, tap Menu >
2. Tap Tap Select from Contacts > Select contacts to invite > When asked to confi rm, Yes. Or tap Add via email address > Enter one or more email addresses, separated by , > Add friends > When asked to confi rm, Yes. Or tap to add a friend from suggested friends list > Yes. If your friends are current Latitude users, they will appear at the top of your Google Contacts lists with a Latitude AUTHORITY 61 icon. Current users will receive email request and a request within Latitude. If your friends arent using Latitude, theyll receive a location request email, but they must sign into Latitude with a supported Google account before they can accept your request. If you invite a friend who is not using a Google ID, you or your friends will need to re-send any location requests once they have signed into Latitude with a supported Google account. Responding to an invitation Apps >
Latitude. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New sharing request. Tap Accept and share back to share locations between you and your friend. Tap Accept, but hide my location to see the friends location, and hide your location. Tap Dont accept to reject the request. Viewing friends locations and managing friends You can view your friends locations on a map or in a list. When you open Latitude, you are shown list of your Latitude friends with location summaries. When you open Maps, your friends locations are shown. Each friend is represented by a photo and arrow indicating their approximate location. If a friend has chosen to share only city-level location details, the friends photo is shown in the friends city center location. Viewing friends profi le While using Map mode, tap the friends photo. Your friends name appears in a balloon. Tap the balloon. From the Latitude friends list, tap a friend. Managing friends communication and privacy options Apps >
Latitude. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. From a friends profi le, Tap Tap Tap Tap the friends photo to open Quick contact where you can view contact details, send an email, and more. Tap Sharing options to change sharing options for the friend. to view the friends location on the map. to get directions to the friends location. to view the friends location in street view. Share best available location Share only city level location Hide from this friend Share your precise location information. Share only your city location, not a street-level location. Your friend will see your picture in the middle of your current city. Stop sharing your location with this friend. Tap Remove this friend to remove the friend from your list and stop sharing locations. AUTHORITY 62 Privacy settings Only the last location sent to Latitude is stored by Google. If you turn off Latitude or are hiding, no location is stored. To change your privacy settings:
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
Location Settings. Menu >
Latitude. Location reporting Detect your location Location history Latitude location sharing Set your location Do not update your location Retrieving settings Manage your friends Sign out of Latitude Let Latitude detect and update your location as you move. The update frequency is determined by several factors, including your phones battery level and how recently your location has been updated. Choose from several methods and set your location manually. Hide your location from all your friends. Store your past locations and visualize them on the Latitude website. Add or remove friends who can see your location. Disable Latitude and stop sharing your location and status. You can always join Latitude again. AUTHORITY 63 Calendar The Calendar application data on your phone syncs with the web-based Google Calendar service. It is also compatible with Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Calendar. Opening Calendar 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Calendar. Events are color coded to enable you to distinguish between multiple calendars. Events times are shown using your local time zone, which is provided by your active mobile network. When traveling, you may want to set a home time zone in Calendar. Creating an event Events created on your phone will be synced to Google Calendar or Microsoft Exchange automatically. Menu >
Calendar. More > New event. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
2. There are two ways to create an event:
Tap In Day, Week, or Month view, tap and hold the screen at the date and/or time you want > New event. 3. Enter the name, time, location, description, and optional additional details for your event. If you have more than one calendar, choose the calendar to which to add the event. In the Guests fi eld, enter email addresses of anyone you want to invite. Separate multiple addresses with commas ( , ). If your invitees use Google Calendar, theyll receive an invitation in Calendar and by email. If the event occurs on a regular basis, tap the Repetition box and choose the reoccurrence information. Tap Tap 4. Tap Done. to add reminders. You can set multiple for an event. Menu >
Show extra options to add additional details about the event. AUTHORITY 64 Viewing calendar and events Changing calendar view When you open Calendar, Month view is shown by default. You can also view the Calendar by Agenda, Day, or Week. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu > Choose the type of view that you want. Apps >
Calendar. Day Week Month Agenda Today More Displays a chart of the events of one day, in a table of one-hour rows. All-day and multiday events are displayed at the top. Each event is displayed at the corresponding time. Swipe left or right to change dates, and swipe up or down to view earlier or later times. Displays one week calendar. All-day and multiday events are displayed at the top. Swipe left or right to change weeks, and swipe up or down to view earlier or later times. Displays a chart of the events of the month. Events are shown as blue bars on each calendar date. Swipe left or right to change months. A list of your events in chronological order. All-day and multiday events are listed at the start of each day. Days without events are not shown. Flick up or down to view earlier or later events. Displays a chart of the events of today. You can select New event, Calendars or Settings. Viewing event details In Day, Week, or Agenda view, tap an event. In Month view, tap a day to switch to Day view > Tap an event. Search for an agenda 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Start entering the agenda name you want to view. Apps >
Search. Calendar. As you type, agendas with matching names appear below the search box. 4. Tap the matching agenda in the list to view it. Editing or deleting an event 1. In event details view, tap 2. Make your changes to the event > Tap Done. To delete the event, tap Menu >
Menu >
Delete event > Tap OK. Edit event to edit the event. Sharing an event 1. In event details view, tap 2. Tap the application to use to share the event. Menu >
Share to share the event. AUTHORITY 65 Synchronizing and displaying calendars You can select which calendars to show or hide on your phones Calendar, and which ones to synchronize. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
More > Calendars. Menu >
Calendar. All the calendars youve added or subscribed to are displayed. (Calendars for accounts youve confi gured not to synchronize are not included in the list.) 3. Tap the icon next to a calendar to change storage and visibility settings. Calendar events stored on phone and visible in Calendar Calendar events stored on phone but not visible in Calendar Calendar events not synchronized to phone 4. Tap OK. Changing Calendar settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
More > Settings. Menu >
Calendar. Calendar view setting Hide declined events Check if you dont want to see events to which youve declined invitations. Use home time zone Displays calendars and event times in your home time zone when traveling. Home time zone If Use home time zone is checked, you can set home time zone. First day of week Select Saturday, Sunday or Monday. Week number setting Display week number Check if you want to see week number in Calendar. Reminder settings First week of year If Display week number is checked, you can set fi rst week of year. Set alerts & notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Confi gure event reminders. Select which ringtone will sound when you receive an event reminder. Confi gure the phone to vibrate whenever you receive an event reminder. Default reminder time Select the default reminder time used when creating new calendar events. AUTHORITY 66 News & Weather The News & Weather application off ers updates on current events and local weather forecasts. Viewing the weather information Apps >
News & Weather. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Weather at the top of the screen. Or fl ick left across the screen to switch to Weather view. 3. Tap the weather summary for a more detailed forecast. Tap a time on the weather graph for a detailed, hour-by-hour forecast. Tap the weather detail screen to return the weather summary. Tap Refresh to get the latest information. Menu >
Reading news articles 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a news category at the top of the screen. Or swipe left or right across the screen to switch news categories. Tap 3. Tap a headline to view a detailed news article in your browser. Refresh to get the latest information. News & Weather. Menu >
Apps >
News & Weather settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
News & Weather. Weather settings Use my location News settings Set location Use metric Select news topics Prefetch articles Prefetch images News terms of service Mobile privacy policy Use the phones location service to determine your location when displaying weather information. When Use my location is unchecked, tap to specify the location for weather information by entering a city or postal code. Toggle metric/imperial units. Select the categories of news to include in the scrolling list of News & Weather tabs. You can also tap Custom topic to enter specifi c topics. Download news articles so that they open more quickly and are available when you dont have a data connection. Prefetch news images in addition to news text, when the headlines are downloaded. This setting is only available when Prefetch articles is checked. Details about the terms of service for Google News. Display the Google Mobile Privacy Policy. AUTHORITY 67 Refresh settings Auto-refresh Refresh interval Update information automatically, at the frequency you set with Refresh interval. For automatic refresh to work, you must also have Background Data turned on in the Settings application. Set how often to update the News & Weather automatically, if Auto-refresh is checked. Displays the date and time of the last refresh. Refresh status Displays the application version installed on your phone. Application version Play Store Play Store provides direct access to applications and games to download and install on your phone. To access Play Store, you must fi rst sign into your Google account using a Wi-Fi or data connection. When you open Play Store for the fi rst time, you must read and accept the terms of service to continue. Finding applications Browsing applications You can browse and sort applications by category. Apps >
Play Store. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap GAMES, BOOKS & REFERENCE, BUSINESS or COMICS, etc. at the left of the Play Store screen. Scroll to view subcategories and tap one to explore. 3. Tap the subcategory you want. Searching for applications 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the name or type of app youre looking for > Tap at the top right of the screen, or tap Play Store. Apps >
Search. Viewing details about an application 1. While browsing Play Store, or in a list of search results, tap an application to view more details. Application details screens include a description, ratings, and specifi c information about the application. The Comments tab includes comments from people who have used the application. You can download and install an application from this screen. AUTHORITY 68 Installing applications Installing an application 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the application you want to purchase and view the application details. 3. Tap Install to download and install the application. Play Store. Apps >
For paid applications, the Install button is labeled with the applications price. Tap the price to buy the application. The subsequent screen notifi es you whether the app will require access to your personal information or access to certain functions or settings of your phone. 4. Tap Accept & download to begin downloading and installing the app. If you selected a paid app, you will be redirected to the Google Checkout screen to pay for the app before its downloaded to your phone. NOTE Be cautious when downloading apps that have access to phone functionality or a significant amount of personal data. Youre responsible for the results of using downloaded apps on your phone. Creating a Google Checkout account You must have a Google Checkout account to purchase items from Play Store. You can set up a Checkout account with your fi rst purchase from Play Store. In a web browser, go to http://checkout.google.com to create a Google Checkout account. From the phone, you will be prompted to enter your billing and credit card information when you buy your fi rst application from Play Store. NOTE Once youve purchased something from Play Store, the phone remembers your password, so you dont need to enter it the next time. Be sure to secure your phone with a password to prevent unauthorized purchases. Managing your downloads Viewing downloaded applications Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap My Apps. Menu >
Play Store. In the list of the free and paid applications that opens, you can tap an application to rate it, uninstall it, request a refund, and more. Updating an application You can update downloaded applications. Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap Update > Accept & download. 4. Tap the explanation that best matches why youre installing > Tap Open or tap My Apps > Tap the application to update. Play Store. Back. The application is installed. You can uninstall the application again at any time. If you paid to buy the application, you will not be charged again. AUTHORITY 69 Uninstalling an application You can uninstall applications from Play Store. You can also uninstall downloaded applications from the Settings. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Menu >
2. Tap 3. Tap Uninstall > OK. 4. Tap the explanation that best matches why youre uninstalling > Tap OK. My Apps > Tap the application to uninstall. Play Store. The application is uninstalled. You can install the application again at any time. If you paid to buy the application, you will not be charged again. Play Books You can search books you want and enjoy reading books on your phone with Play Books application. If you arent signed in to your Google account, you must fi rst sign into your Google account using a Wi-Fi or data connection to access Play Books. Opening Play Books Apps >
Play Books. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the book you want to read. Tap Tap Tap Tap Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Sort order to sort the books by Date, Title or Author. Manage My Books to remove a book from the My Books shelf or manage your downloaded books. Refresh to refresh the current page. Accounts to select the desired account or add account. Finding books Browsing Play Store Apps >
Play Books. 1. From the Home screen, tap to open Play Store. 2. Tap 3. Tap at the top right of the screen, or tap 4. Enter the title, author or keyword of the book you want > Tap 5. Scroll through the search results and tap a book to view details about the book. Search. AUTHORITY 70 Searching for books Apps >
at the top right of the screen, or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the title or author of the book youre looking for > Tap
. 4. Scroll through the search results from My Books or Google eBooks. Play Books. Search. Reading a book Viewing contents of the book Menu >
Contents. 1. While reading a book, tap 2. Scroll through the contents of the book and tap the chapter you want to read. Tap the screen to see the title and author of the books on the top of the screen and the controls. Drag the slider to go directly to a specifi c chapter of a book. Changing reading settings 1. While reading a book, tap 2. Set Text size, Line space, Typeface, Justifi cation, Themes or Brightness. Settings. Menu >
Going to original pages 1. While reading a book, tap 2. You can read the original pages of the book. Tap Menu >
Menu >
Flowing text to return to the text mode. Original pages. Searching in the book 1. While reading a book, tap 2. You can search words in the book. Menu >
Search. Sharing a book 1. While reading a book, tap 2. Select Bluetooth, Using other functions Menu >
Share. Email, Gmail or Messaging. Menu >
1. While reading a book, tap 2. Tap My library or Help. My library: Scroll through the books you downloaded and tap a book to read it. Help : Tap one of the items shown below:
More. Quick tips Help center Contact us Report a problem You can see quick tips for using Google Books on Android. You can learn how to make the most of Google Books on Android. You can get help with issues reading Google Books on your Android device. You can report a problem about typo or other error in a book. AUTHORITY 71 Play Books settings Customize your Play Books settings to optimize your reading experience. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
Play Books. Storage location About Terms of Service Privacy Policy Open source licenses Set the location to store your books. You can select microSDTM card or internal storage. Show the version of Play Books application on your phone. Read the Mobile Terms of Service. Read the Mobile Privacy Policy. Check out license details for open source software and fonts. Easy Installer You can install apps from apk fi les on the microSDTM card with Easy Installer. Apps >
Easy Installer. Opening Easy Installer 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. You can see apk fi les on your microSDTM card. Type app name in the textbox to search the apps that you want to install. Tap Clear to delete the entire entry. Tap Un/Check All, More(Feedback, Featured Apps, About, Help, Remove Ad)). to see more options(
Menu or tap Delete, Sort, Setting, Scan Apps or Installing apk fi les on the microSDTM card Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Check apps that you want to install > Tap Install Selected Apps. Tap and hold the specifi ed app in the list to view a pop-up menu. You can select Install, Exclude this path, Delete, Send or Search Google Market. Easy Installer. 3. Tap Install to install the app. Or tap Cancel to cancel the installation. If your phone is set to block installation of apps not obtained from Play Store, you can check Unknown sources in the Application settings and then install apps. AUTHORITY 72 Easy Installer settings 1. From the Home screen, tap
2. Tap Menu or tap Easy Installer. Apps >
Setting. System Installer Scan Feedback Share Update Notifi cation Bar Icon Automatically Startup Save Sort-By Type Clear Cache Excluded Paths Scan On Startup Scan On SD Mounted Regularly Remind Remind Frequency Scan Hidden Directories Max Scan Depth Feedback Share With Friends More Applications Automatically Update Check if you want to show notifi cation bar icon to switch quickly. Check if you want to start up automatically when boot your phone. Check it to save sort-by type as default when changed. You can clear apk scan cache, and it will lead to re-scan the microSDTM card in the next open. Manage excluded paths. Check to scan automatically apps from external storage on system startup. Check to scan automatically apps on external storage mounted. Check to remind users to scan apps frequently. If Regularly Remind is checked, you can set remind frequency. Check to scan hidden directories in the external storage. Max traversal depth in scanning. You can send the feedback to the author. You can share Easy Installer with your friends. You can view more applications. Check it to update and notice automatically. AUTHORITY 73 Web Email The Email application is used to read and send email from services other than Gmail. The Email application includes a wizard enabling easy setup for several popular email service providers. Email Account Setup Initial setup Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter the Email address and Password for your email account > Next. If you select email account from the list, account settings will be set automatically. Some email accounts are not supported. 3. Enter a name for this account and a name to include on outgoing messages > Done. Email. Adding an additional email account You can add one or more email accounts to your phone. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Repeat the steps to add an account as described in Initial setup above. Accounts. Add account. Menu >
Menu >
Email. Deleting an email account 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap and hold the account > Remove account. Accounts. Menu >
Apps >
Email. Refreshing an email account Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap If you have several email accounts, you can refresh them all at the same time. From any message inbox, tap Accounts >
Menu >
Refresh. Email. Combined Inbox > Refresh. AUTHORITY 74 Reading an email You can read messages in your Combined Inbox or individual account folders. Apps >
Email. Menu to see more options. 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap 2. Tap an email you want to read. Tap Menu to see more options. Replying to a message 1. While reading an email, select Reply or Reply all. A Compose Message window opens with recipient addresses, and subject line pre-populated. A copy of the original message is quoted below the message body text box. 2. Compose your response and tap Send. Forwarding a message 1. While reading an email, tap 2. Address the email, enter a subject, and type your message in the appropriate text fi elds. 3. Tap Send. Forward. Menu >
Deleting a message 1. While reading an email, tap Delete. Sending a new email 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter a name or email address in the To fi eld. If you are sending the mail to several recipients, separate the email addresses Compose. Menu >
Apps >
Email. with a comma , . As you enter text, matching addresses are suggested from your Contacts list. Tap 4. Enter a subject in the Subject fi eld and type your message. To attach an image fi le, tap Add Cc/Bcc to add additional recipient fi eld types. Menu >
Menu >
Add attachment > Select the picture you want to attach. NOTE The attachable file size is limited to 5 MB. 5. Tap Send. To save an unsent email message on your phone, tap Save as draft. To cancel an email message, tap Discard. AUTHORITY 75 Starring/un-starring an Email You can star an important message to fi nd it easily later. Once you star a message, a Starred folder is added to the Accounts screen. 1. From any email list or while reading a message, Tap Tap to star the message. to un-star. Working with Email Messages Viewing starred messages 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Apps >
Email. Accounts >
Starred. Resuming a draft email message Apps >
Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap an email you want to resume > Finish editing the message. 4. Tap Send. Email. Accounts >
Folders or Drafts. Viewing individual account folders Apps >
Accounts > Select 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
contents. Email account settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Apps >
Account settings. Email. to view individual account folders. Select any folder to open, view, or edit Email. General settings Account name Your name Use Signature Signature Email check frequency Default account Only receive email header Download Options The name of the account as it appears in the Accounts and Folders screens. Your name shown in outgoing messages. Check it to use signature. Enter a signature to append to messages sent from this account. Set how often the phone will for new email sent to this account. Check it to set this account as the default account for outgoing messages. Check it to only receive email header and ignore body and attachments. You can select All, 1k, 5k, 25k, 50k, 100k or 1M . AUTHORITY 76 Notifi cation settings Server settings Email notifi cations Select ringtone Vibrate Incoming settings Outgoing settings Check it to receive notifi cations when new messages are received in this account. Select a notifi cation ringtone. Select to confi gure vibration notifi cations when new emails arrive in this account. Confi gure Incoming server settings for this account. Confi gure Outgoing server settings for this account. 3. Tap Back to save changes. NOTE Web services (Email, Browser, YouTube, etc.) are a data-intensive feature. Cricket recommends that you upgrade to an unlimited data plan to avoid additional data charges. Browser Search for information or browse webpages using the Browser. To access the internet, you must have an active data or Wi-Fi connection. Opening Browser Browser. Or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap When you open the Browser, the default homepage is displayed. If you have used the Browser recently, your most recently viewed webpage is displayed. The Browser also opens when you select a web link in other applications like email or text messaging. Browser. Apps >
Accessing a webpage or searching the web Browser. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the URL fi eld on top of the screen. 3. Enter the URL of a webpage or search term and tap As you type, suggestions of webpages and key words will appear on the screen. Tap a suggestion to go directly to that webpage or view search results. Navigating on a webpage Some websites are displayed as special mobile versions, designed to be easily viewed from a mobile phone. Webpages that arent designed specifi cally for mobile devices typically open in overview mode. You can view these webpages by zooming and scrolling. AUTHORITY 77 Zooming in or out on a webpage Double-tap the screen to zoom in. To return to the default zoom level, double-tap again. Tap your fi nger on the screen to reveal the Zoom controls. Tap You can also use 2 fi ngers on the screen, pinching them open and closed to zoom in and out. to zoom out or in. or Scrolling a webpage 1. Slide your fi nger on the screen to navigate and view other areas of the webpage. Using Browser options Stopping page loading 1. While webpage is loading, tap Refreshing the current page Refresh. Menu >
1. Tap Menu > Stop. Or tap on the right of the URL fi eld. Getting information about the current page 1. On the Browser screen, 2. Tap Menu >
More > Page info. Finding the text on the current page 1. While viewing any webpages, tap 2. Enter the search term. As you type, matching characters will be highlighted. Tap Menu >
More > Find on page. or to scroll to the previous or next matching term. Selecting and copying text from a webpage Menu >
1. While viewing any webpages, tap 2. Drag across the text you want to copy. The text you select is copied to the clipboard. You can paste the copied text into any text fi eld by tapping and holding on a text box and selecting paste. More > Select text. Sharing a webpage 1. While viewing any webpages, tap 2. Tap an application to send the URL. The application opens with the URL youve entered. More > Share page. Menu >
Downloading fi les You can download images, fi les, and applications from webpages. All downloaded fi les are saved to the microSDTM card. 1. Tap and hold an image, a link or a fi le you want to download. 2. Tap the desired action (Save image, View image or Set as wallpaper). AUTHORITY 78 Viewing downloaded fi les 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap The fi les youve downloaded are arranged by date. Tap a fi le to open. If you want to delete a downloaded fi le, check the fi le > Delete. More > Downloads. Menu >
Browser. Apps >
Navigating webpages Opening a new Browser window Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap New window. Menu >
Browser. A new window opens with the default homepage. Opening a link 1. Tap any link to open it. If you prefer to open the link in a new window, tap and hold the link > Open in new window. Navigating between webpages Tap Or tap Back to return to the previous webpages. Menu >
Forward if you tapped Back by accident. Switching between Browser windows 1. From any webpages, tap Windows. 2. Tap the window to view it full screen. You can also tap Menu >
to close a window. NOTE You can have up to 8 browser windows open at one time. Using bookmarks Browser bookmarks are stored shortcuts which allow you to quickly access webpages without having to type in its full address. Bookmarking a webpage 1. While viewing webpages, tap Menu >
2. Edit the name or location if needed > Tap OK. Opening a bookmark More > Add bookmark. 1. When viewing any webpages, tap 2. Tap a bookmark to open it. If you prefer to open the webpages in a new window, tap and hold the bookmark and tap Open in new window. at the right of the URL fi eld. Or tap Bookmarks. Menu >
Editing a bookmark 1. From any webpages, tap Menu >
Bookmarks. AUTHORITY 79 2. Tap and hold the bookmark to edit > Edit bookmark. 3. Edit the name and/or location > Tap OK. Deleting a bookmark 1. From any webpages, tap 2. Tap and hold the bookmark to delete > Delete bookmark > OK. Bookmarks. Menu >
Browser settings Customize your browser settings to optimize your browsing experience. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Apps >
More > Settings. Menu >
Browser. Page content settings Privacy settings Security settings Advanced settings Text size Default zoom Open pages in overview Text encoding Block pop-up windows Load images Auto-fi t pages Landscape-only display Enable JavaScript Enable plug-ins Open in background Set home page Invert color Clear cache Clear history Accept cookies Clear all cookie data Remember form data Clear form data Enable location Clear location access Remember passwords Clear passwords Show security warnings Set search engine Website settings UAString Reset to default Select the size of the text. Select the zoom level that Browser uses when fi rst opening a webpage. Check to open webpages zoomed out. Change the character-encoding standard. Prevent pop-up windows unless you request it. Display images on webpages. Optimize the presentation of text and other elements of webpages to fi t your phones screen. Display webpages in landscape orientation on your screen. Allow JavaScript to run on webpages. Allow plug-ins to run on webpages. Open new windows in the background. Set the default homepage. Check to display pages in inverted color. Delete locally cached content and databases. Delete the history of webpages you visited. Allow sites to save and read cookie data. Delete all cookie data. Remember what you enter in form fi elds. Delete all the information the browser remembered. Allow sites to request access to your location. Delete location access for all websites. Save your passwords for some webpages that require you to sign in. Delete all saved passwords. Show warning of security alerts. Select the web search engine you want to use. Advanced settings for individual websites. Select Android, Desktop, iPhone, iPad or Froyo-N1. Restore default settings. AUTHORITY 80 YouTube YouTube is Googles online video streaming service for viewing, discovering, and sharing videos. Opening and signing into YouTube Signing into YouTube You can discover and watch YouTube videos without a YouTube account, but if you want to take advantage of many YouTube features, you must sign into your YouTube account. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
My Channel. Apps >
YouTube. The fi rst time you use a YouTube feature that requires an account, youre prompted to sign in. Create a new account or enter your YouTube sign in information if you already have an account. For more information about YouTube accounts, visit YouTube on the web. Finding videos Browsing videos by category Apps >
Browse. Menu >
YouTube. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap a category in the scrolling list. Tap the current time fi lter setting at the top of the category screen to change the time period and reduce the number of videos listed. Tap Most viewed, Top rated, Most discussed or Top favorited. Searching for videos or tap Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Search. 3. Enter the search criteria > Tap 4. Scroll through the search results and tap a video to watch it. YouTube. AUTHORITY 81 Watching videos Apps >
YouTube. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a video to begin playback. Tap the video to pause or resume playback. Tap Info, Related or Comments to learn more about the video. Rotate your phone to watch the video in full-screen view. You can also double-tap the video to toggle full-screen view on and off . Add to Watch later Favorites Bookmark the video to watch it later. Add the video to your Favorites. Share More New playlist Add your new playlist. Share the video via Share via barcode, Bluetooth, Skifta or Email, Twitter. Facebook, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Flag Copy URL Flag the video as inappropriate. Copy the videos web address. You can paste into a message or other applications. Uploading videos To shoot and upload a new video Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap 4. Enter a title for the video and more details > Tap Upload. The Camera will open in video mode. to start recording > Tap to stop recording. YouTube. To upload an existing video Apps >
Menu >
YouTube. Upload. The Gallery will open. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the video you want to upload. 4. Enter the title for the video and more details > Tap Upload. Sharing videos Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a video to play. 3. Tap 4. Tap the application you want to use to share the video. YouTube. Share. AUTHORITY 82 YouTube settings You can change the following settings for YouTube on your phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
YouTube. General settings High quality on mobile Search settings Caption font size Uploads Clear search history SafeSearch fi ltering Check if you prefer to watch videos in high resolution by default when connected to mobile networks. Watch videos in standard mode to reduce startup time and data use. This setting has no eff ect if you are connected to a Wi-Fi network, where videos are always shown in higher resolution. Set the preferred text size when viewing video captions. Specify network preferences for uploads. Remove previous YouTube video search results. Select if you want Google SafeSearch fi ltering to block some results when you search for videos. Settings are: Block no search results (Dont fi lter), only explicit or off ensive videos (Moderate), or both explicit and off ensive text and videos (Strict). Open the YouTube Help Center in your phones Browser. Open a YouTube feedback form in your phones Browser. About Help Feedback Google Mobile Terms of Service Display the Google Mobile Terms of Service. YouTube Terms of Service Google Mobile Privacy Policy YouTube Privacy Policy Open source licenses Application version Display the YouTube Terms of Service. Display the Google Mobile Privacy Policy. Display the YouTube Privacy Policy. Display license details for open source software. The YouTube application version number installed on your phone. AUTHORITY 83 Wi-Fi Turning Wi-Fi on and connecting to a wireless network Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks > Wi-Fi settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Select the Wi-Fi check box to turn Wi-Fi on. 4. The network names and security settings of detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed. 5. Tap a Wi-Fi network to connect. If you selected a network that is secured, enter the security key and then tap Connect. Depending on the network type and security settings, you may also need to enter more information or choose a security certifi cate. Connecting to a Wi-Fi network with EAP-TLS security You may need to install a network certifi cate to your phone before you can connect to a Wi-Fi network with EAP-
TLS authentication protocol. 1. Save the certifi cate fi le to the root folder of the microSDTM card. 2. From the Home screen, tap 3. Tap 4. Select the network certifi cate needed to connect to the EAP-TLS network. 5. After the certifi cate is installed, follow the steps in the previous section to connect to the Wi-Fi network. Location & security > Install from SD card. Settings. Apps >
Checking wireless network status 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap the wireless network that the phone is currently connected to. Wireless & networks > Wi-Fi settings. Settings. Apps >
A message box is then displayed showing the Wi-Fi network name, status, speed, signal strength, and more. Connecting to another Wi-Fi network 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed in the Wi-Fi networks section. To manually scan for available Wi-Fi networks, on the Wireless & networks > Wi-Fi settings. Settings. Apps >
Wi-Fi settings screen, tap To set advanced settings, on the Wi-Fi settings screen, tap 4. Tap another Wi-Fi network to connect to it. Menu >
Scan. Menu >
Advanced. AUTHORITY 84 Downloads Images, fi les and other items you download in Browser, Gmail, Email are stored on your phone. You can view, manage or delete what you have downloaded. Opening Downloads Apps >
Downloads. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap an item you want to view it. Check the checkbox of the item you want to delete and then tap Delete. Tap Menu to select Sort by size or Sort by time. Viewing a fi le Apps >
Downloads. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the fi le you want to open. Turn your phone left or right to view the fi le in upright (portrait) or sideways (landscape) orientation. 3. Tap the screen to see the controls. Tap Tap Tap Slideshow to watch a slideshow of the fi les you downloaded. Menu to view more options. or double-tap the screen to zoom in or out. Working with fi les Apps >
Downloads. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the fi le you want to manage, and then tap 3. Tap Share, Delete or More. Tap Tap Tap Share > Tap the application to use to share the selected fi le. Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete the selected fi le. More > Tap one of the icons shown below:
Menu. Details Set as Crop Get details about the fi le. Contact icon Wallpaper Crop a picture. Use a picture as a contact icon. Use a picture as Home screen wallpaper. Rotate Left /
Rotate Right Rotate a picture. AUTHORITY 85 Traffic Manager You can check use of Data, Call, SMS and Applications on your phone very easily with Traffi c Manager. Apps >
Traffi c Manager. Viewing Traffi c Manager 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap General or Apps. General : You can view usage of Data, Call and SMS. Apps : You can view usage of Applications. Apps are sorted in data usage from highest to lowest. To refresh the current page, tap To reset values, tap To set counter settings for Data, Call and SMS, tap each item. Reset all > Yes. All general counter is reset to 0. Menu >
. Counter enabled Counting period Period start Reset
*** limit Limit Set to enable or disable this counter. Set period length of counting. Set day of month to start counting. Set to reset counter value to 0. Set to warn you when *** limit is reached. When limit is reached, dialog box is displayed. You can set a limit to use of Data, Call and SMS. Traffi c Manager settings 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Menu >
Settings. Apps >
Traffi c Manager. Update interval Notifi cation You can set update interval of traffi c values. If checked, Traffi c Manager icon is displayed in the Status bar. Using Traffi c Manager widget 1. Tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen. 2. Tap 3. Tap Traffi c Manager widget and then you can go to Traffi c Manager directly. Widgets > Traffi c Manager. Traffi c Manager widget is displayed. AUTHORITY 86 Facebook The fi rst time you launch the Facebook application, you must agree to the End User License Agreement. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. If you already have a Facebook account, enter your Email and Password > Login. If you do not have a Facebook account, tap Sign Up for Facebook to create one. Facebook. Apps >
NOTE You can view the recent activities of contacts in the Facebook application. Twitter Adding a Twitter account 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter your twitter Username or email and Password > Sign In. You can post and read tweets, send and receive direct messages and search for new Twitter users to follow. Apps >
Twitter. Creating a tweet Apps >
Twitter. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Type your tweet >
Tap or your tweet. Tweet. to post a picture from Gallery or Camera to your default photo hosting site and add the link to the picture in AUTHORITY 87 Bluetooth Using Bluetooth Bluetooth is a short-range wireless communications technology that devices can use to exchange information over a distance of about 30 feet. The most common Bluetooth devices are headphones, hands-free car kits, and portable devices, including laptops and cell phones. Turning Bluetooth on or off 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Wireless & networks. 3. Check or uncheck Bluetooth to turn it on or off . Apps >
Settings. Changing the phones Bluetooth name The phone name identifi es your phone to other devices. Apps >
Settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap Wireless & networks. 2. Tap 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Bluetooth settings > Device name. 5. Enter the name for your phone in the dialog box > OK. Pairing your phone with a Bluetooth device Apps >
Settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Wireless & networks. 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Bluetooth settings > Scan for devices. A list of nearby Bluetooth devices is displayed. 5. Tap the ID of the other device to pair them. AUTHORITY 88 Connecting to a Bluetooth device Once paired, your phone will automatically connect whenever it detects a paired Bluetooth device. You can also manually connect Bluetooth devices as follows:
Apps >
Settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Wireless & networks. 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Bluetooth settings > Scan for devices. 5. When the phone and the device are connected, the device is displayed as connected in the list. Disconnecting or Unpairing from a Bluetooth Device Disconnecting a Bluetooth device Apps >
Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap and hold the device name to disconnect. 4. Tap Disconnect. Settings. Unpairing from a Bluetooth device You can make your phone forget its pairing connection with another Bluetooth device. Apps >
Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap and hold the device name to unpair. 4. Tap Unpair. Settings. AUTHORITY 89 Connecting to a Bluetooth Headset Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap Scan for devices. Your phone will start to scan for Bluetooth devices within range. 5. When you see the name of your headset displayed in the Bluetooth devices section, tap the name. Your phone then automatically tries to pair with the Bluetooth device. 6. If automatic pairing fails, enter the passcode supplied with your headset. Reconnecting a headset Apps >
Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. Put the Bluetooth device in pairing mode. 2. From the Home screen, tap 3. Tap 4. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 5. Tap the devices name in the Bluetooth devices section. 6. If prompted to enter a passcode, try 0000 or 1234, or consult the headset documentation to fi nd the passcode. Settings. Sending and Receiving Information Using Bluetooth You can use Bluetooth to transfer information between your phone and another Bluetooth-enabled device such as a phone or laptop computer. You can send the following types of information, depending on the device you are sending to:
Images and videos Contacts Audio fi les To send fi les, your phone must have a microSDTM card installed. NOTE The first time you transfer information between your phone and another device, you need to enter or confirm a security passcode. Your phone and the other device are then paired, and you will not need to exchange passcodes to transfer information in the future. 1. On your phone, open the application that contains the item you want to send. 2. Follow the steps for the type of the application, select Send File or Send in the menu. Then select Bluetooth. 3. If you are prompted to turn on Bluetooth, tap Turn on. 4. Tap the name of the receiving device. 5. On the receiving device, accept the fi le. AUTHORITY 90 Receiving information from another device Your device is capable of receiving a wide variety of fi le types with Bluetooth, including photos, music tracks, and documents such as PDFs. To receive fi les from another device, your phone must have a microSDTM card installed. Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks > Bluetooth settings. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. If Bluetooth isnt turned on, check Bluetooth to turn it on. 4. Tap the Discoverable check box. 5. On the sending device, send one or more fi les to your phone. 6. If a Bluetooth authorization request is displayed on your phone, enter the same passcode on both your phone and the other device, or confi rm the auto-generated passcode. 7. When your phone receives a fi le transfer request notifi cation, slide down the notifi cations panel, and then tap Accept. 8. When the transfer is complete, a notifi cation is displayed. To open the fi le immediately, slide down the notifi cations panel, and tap the notifi cation. Adding the Bluetooth received folder to the Home screen You can add a folder to the Home screen that shows all fi les you have received with Bluetooth. 1. Tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen, tap Folders > Bluetooth received. 2. Tap and hold the Bluetooth received folder icon, and drag it to your desired Home screen location. To rename the folder, tap and hold the title bar of the folder window > Enter a new name > OK. To view the folder contents, tap the folder icon. To open a fi le, tap the fi le name. AUTHORITY 91 Entertainment Camera/Camcorder You can take pictures and shoot videos with Camera/Camcorder. Photos and videos captured with the camera will be stored on the phones microSDTM card. A microSDTM card must be installed to use the Camera/Camcorder. Opening Camera From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Or, when in Camcorder mode, drag the Camera. to the Camera position. Or, tap Menu > Switch to camera. When youre in Camera mode and you turn your phone left or right, the onscreen camera controls automatically rotate the display. NOTE When camera mode is on, you cannot use notification flash and LED Torch. Camera settings When in Camera mode, Camera settings are displayed on the screen. Before taking the photo, you can adjust your camera settings or leave the controls in automatic mode. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Camera. 2. Tap a setting icon. The settings open over the screen. To hide settings on the screen, tap the screen or, tap 3. Tap the setting you want to change. Menu >
Settings. AUTHORITY 92 General settings Exposure Scene mode Picture size
+2, +1, 0, -1, -2 Auto, Action, Portrait, Landscape, Night , Beach, Snow, Sunset, Sports, Party, Candlelight, Backlight 5M Pixels, 3M Pixels, 2M Pixels, 1M Pixels Picture quality Super fi ne, Fine, Normal Color eff ect Select ISO None, Mono, Sepia, Negative Auto, ISO 100, ISO 200, ISO 400 Touch AF/AEC Off , On Anti Banding Off , 50 Hz, 60 Hz, Auto Delay On, Off Remaining shots Show, Hide Camera settings Store location Off /
On Restore defaults Activate to use your phones location-based services. Take pictures wherever you are and tag them with the location. White balance Flash mode Zoom Daylight, Fluorescent, Cloudy Auto, Auto, Incandescent, On, 1x ~
3.9x Off Tap the amount of zoom you want. 4. Tap Back or tap the screen to close the settings menus. Taking a picture 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Frame your subject on the screen. Tap Apps >
Camera. The camera brings the image into focus. When the image is in focus, the camera takes a picture. The picture you just took is briefl y previewed full-screen, and then is displayed as a thumbnail at the right of screen. Tap the thumbnail to view, share, or work with your pictures in Gallery. Taking a picture using front camera Apps >
Menu > Front camera. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Frame your subject on the screen > Tap To switch to main camera, tap Camera. Menu > Main camera. AUTHORITY 93 Opening Camcorder From the Home screen, tap Or, when youre in Camera mode, drag the Apps >
Camcorder. to the Camcorder position. Or, tap Menu > Switch to video. Camcorder settings When in Camcorder mode, Camcorder settings are displayed on the screen. Before recording, you can adjust your camcorder settings or leave them in automatic mode. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a setting icon. The settings open over the screen. To hide settings on the screen, tap the screen or, tap 3. Tap the setting you want to change. Camcorder. Menu >
Settings. General settings Continuous AF On, Off Video quality 720P, D1, WVGA, VGA, CIF, QVGA, QCIF Color eff ect None, Mono, Sepia, Negative Video Size High (30m), Low (30m), MMS (Low, 20s), YouTube (High, 10m), custom Remaining time Show, Hide Camera settings Restore defaults Store location White balance Flash mode Off /
On Activate to use your phones location-based services. Recording videos wherever you are and tag them with the location. Auto, On, Incandescent, Off Daylight, Fluorescent, Cloudy. 4. Tap Back or tap the screen to close the settings menus. NOTE Depending on the selected video quality, not all video quality and video encoder options may be available. Recording videos Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Frame the scene where you want to start recording. 3. Tap 4. Tap to start recording. to stop recording. Camcorder. An image from your most recent video is displayed as a thumbnail at the right of screen. Tap the thumbnail to view, share, or work with your videos in Gallery. AUTHORITY 94 Recording videos using front camcorder Camcorder. Apps >
Menu > Front camcorder. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Frame the scene where you want to start recording. 4. Tap 5. Tap To switch to main camcorder, tap to start recording. to stop recording. Menu > Main camcorder. Gallery Use Gallery to view your pictures and videos. You can edit and add eff ects to your photos. You can also easily add a photo as your contact icon, location icon, or wallpaper. Opening Gallery and viewing album lists Opening Gallery From the Home screen, tap Or when youre in Camera/Camcorder mode, tap the thumbnail image at the right of screen. Apps >
Gallery. Your album list is displayed. Albums are groups of images and videos in folders. Managing albums Apps >
Gallery. Menu twice. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Check the albums you want. Tap albums. Tap Tap Share > Tap the application to use to share the selected albums. You can share the entire contents of one or more Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete selected albums and all contents from your microSDTM card. More > Tap Details to get details about selected albums. Opening an album and viewing its contents Viewing contents of an album After youve selected an album, you can browse through your pictures and videos. Albums open displaying the pictures and videos they contain in a chronologically ordered grid. The name of the album is shown at the top of the screen. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Gallery. AUTHORITY 95 2. Swipe left or right across the screen to view additional albums, then tap an album to open and view its contents. 3. When you open an album, Swipe left or right across the screen to view more contents. Tap a thumbnail image to view it. Drag locate an image. Tap location. to the left or right to scroll adjust scrolling speed. The image creation dates is displayed enabling you to easily to change the album view mode. You can view the pictures and videos in a grid or in stacks, sorted by date and Viewing contents of an album with spreading album mode Apps >
Gallery. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Pinching an album with two fi ngers and spreading images apart to peek into an album. The preview image shows 8 latest images in an album. Tap an image to view it. Tap Turn your phone left or right to view the album in landscape mode. to enter the album and view all the images of the album. Working with pictures or videos in batches You can select one or more pictures or videos in an album to work on them in batches. Gallery. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap 3. Check the pictures or videos you want. Tap Tap Tap Share > Tap the application to use to share the selected items. Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete selected items from your microSDTM card. More > Tap Details to get details about selected items. Menu twice. The controls available depend on the mix of selected items. Viewing pictures Viewing a picture Apps >
Gallery. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap a thumbnail image of picture to view it. Swipe left or right across the screen to view the previous or next picture in the album. Turn your phone left or right to view the picture in upright (portrait) or sideways (landscape) orientation. 3. Tap the screen to see the controls. Tap Tap Tap Slideshow to watch a slideshow of your pictures and videos in the album. Tap the screen to stop the slideshow. Menu to view more options. or double-tap the screen to zoom in or out. AUTHORITY 96 Working with pictures Menu. Or tap the screen >
Share > Tap the application to share the picture. You can share a picture by sending it to friends or posting it in a Menu. Apps >
Gallery. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap a thumbnail image of the picture. 3. Tap Tap Picasa web album. Tap Tap Delete > Tap Confi rm Delete to delete the picture from your microSDTM card. More > Tap one of the icons shown below:
Get details about the picture. Contact icon Wallpaper Crop a picture. Use a picture as a contact icon. Use a picture as Home screen wallpaper. Rotate Right Rotate a picture. Details Set as Crop Rotate Left /
Playing videos 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the album you want to open, and then tap a thumbnail image of the video to view it. You can view the video in landscape Gallery. Apps >
or portrait mode. 3. Tap the screen to view the controls. Tap Tap Tap Tap to skip backwards. to pause the video. to resume playback. to skip forward. AUTHORITY 97 Videos Opening Videos and viewing video lists Use the Videos application to play videos that youve recorded with the Camcorder, downloaded from the web, or copied onto your microSDTM card. From the Home screen, tap Your video list is displayed. Apps >
Videos. Playing videos Videos. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap a video to view it. 3. Tap the screen to view the controls. Tap Tap Tap Tap to skip backwards. to pause the video. to resume playback. to skip forward. Play Movies Opening Play Movies Use the Play Movies application to play movies or videos that youve recorded with the Camcorder, downloaded from the web, or copied onto your microSDTM card. From the Home screen, tap Your movies or video list is displayed in the My Rentals and Personal Videos. Play Movies. Apps >
Searching for movies or videos from Play Store 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap at the top right of the screen. 3. Play Store application will be opened. Apps >
Play Movies. Playing movies or videos 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
2. Tap a movie or video you want to view it. Play Movies. AUTHORITY 98 3. Tap the screen to view the controls. Tap Tap Tap Tap to skip backwards. to pause the video. to resume playback. to skip forward. Sound Recorder Opening Sound Recorder You must have a microSDTM card installed to use Sound Recorder. 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap Menu > All Records > You can view all your voice clips. Apps >
Sound Recorder. Sound Recorder. Apps >
to start recording a voice clip. to stop recording. Using Sound Recorder 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Tap To save the voice clip, enter voice record name > Tap Save. To discard the voice clip, tap Discard. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap to listen to the recording.
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
to listen to the previous or next voice clip. New Record to start new recording. All Records to view all your voice clips. Share to share your voice clip > Tap the application you want to use to share it. Rename to rename the selected voice clip > Enter new voice record name > Tap Save. Set as ringtone to use the voice clip as ringtone. Delete to delete the selected voice clip > Tap Done. AUTHORITY 99 Music Play music and audio fi les with Music application. NOTE You need to copy music files to your microSDTM card to use the Music application. Viewing your music library Music. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. You can select library to open at the top of the screen. You can view the lists of music in the microSDTM card. The lists are automatically organized according information contained in the music fi les. To view each list of music, you can tap the corresponding category; Artists, Albums, Songs or Playlists. Searching for music in the library Apps >
Music. Search. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Start typing the name of an artist, album, or track. Matches are displayed in the list below the search box. Tap a matching song to play it. Or tap a matching album or artist to view a list of associated songs. Using a song as a ringtone You can use a song as your phone ringtone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold a song in a library list. In the menu that opens, tap Use as phone ringtone. Or on the Playback screen, tap Apps >
Music. Menu >
Use as ringtone. Deleting a song from the microSDTM card Music. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold a song. In the menu that opens, tap Delete > OK. Or on the Playback screen, tap Menu >
Delete > OK. AUTHORITY 100 NOTE If you are playing the song, the song can not be deleted. Playing music 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the library you want to open at the top of the screen. 3. Tap a song or tap Play all mode, Menu > Tap Apps >
Music. Available playback modes vary according to each library setting. Tap the onscreen icons to control music playback, select a song to play, repeat songs, and more. Party shuffl e mode or Shuffl e all mode. 1 2 3 7 8 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Open the current playlist. Turn shuffl e on or off . (Shuffl e is off when button is gray.) Repeat the current playlist: Repeat all songs, Repeat current song, Repeat off . Tap and hold, then search for the corresponding information in Browser/Music/YouTube. Go to the previous song in the current playlist. Play/Pause. Go to the next song in the current playlist. Drag the slider to go directly to a specifi c section of a track. Apps >
Music playing features 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Open the library you want, and then tap the music fi le. To adjust the volume, press While music is playing, it is possible to exit to the Home screen or open another application. You can also return to the Music application by opening the Notifi cation panel. Volume up and Volume down. Music. Working with playlists You can organize the music fi les by creating playlists. AUTHORITY 101 Creating a playlist Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap and hold the desired track > Add to playlist > New. 3. Enter the playlist name > Save. Adding a song to a playlist Music. 1. While in the Music application, tap and hold the desired track > Add to playlist > Current playlist, New or tap the playlist you want. Current playlist New The selected music is added to the current playlist. When you enter the name of a playlist and tap Save, the music is added to the new playlist. Removing a song from a playlist 1. While in the Music application, tap Playlists > Tap the desired playlist. 2. Tap and hold the track to be deleted > Delete > OK. The song is permanently deleted from the playlist and the microSDTM card. Deleting a playlist 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Playlists > Tap and hold the playlist to be deleted > Delete. Although you delete a playlist, music fi les will remain on your phones memory card. Apps >
Music. MuveMusic Find, download and play music fi les with MuveMusic. Using MuveMusic Apps >
MuveMusic. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the category; My Music, Get Music, My DJ, Shazam or Get Social. Tap My Music to listen to songs, create playlists or cut ringtones. Tap Get Music to search, explore or download songs, ringtones and ringback tones. Tap My DJ to create playlists and send them to your phone. Shazam to identify the title and artist of the song you did not know and download the song. Tap Tap Get Social to connect with friends and other MuveMusic users and share your music. AUTHORITY 102 Radio You can enjoy listening to the radio via Radio application. Opening Radio 1. From the Home screen, tap The headset is used as antenna for the FM radio. If headset is plugged in, the FM radio will be automatically played. When you open Radio for the fi rst time, the default channel is 87.5 MHZ. Apps >
Radio. Apps >
Radio. Listening to the radio 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tune the radio frequency. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap to go to the previous saved channel. to go to the next saved channel. to decrease 0.5 MHZ or tap and hold to increase 0.5 MHZ or tap and hold to add the current frequency to favorite list. to automatically search for all available stations. to play or stop the FM radio. to view list of saved channels. to search and go to the next descending channel. to search and go to the next ascending channel. Using Radio widget 1. Tap and hold an empty area on the Home screen. 2. Tap Widgets > Radio. Radio widget is displayed. PicSay Improve photos with color corrections, sharpen, and red-eye removal. Also, you can add painting, word balloons, and stickers. Or have fun with distortions, cutouts, special eff ects, and more. PicSay. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap The most recent picture you edited is displayed as a thumbnail at the top right. Documents, Tap 2. Tap Get a Picture > Select the picture you want to edit > Select the fi le size. Tap Menu to see more options (
Menu to see more options (
Word Balloon, Stickers, About, Help, Title, Settings). Eff ects, Export, More (Delete all AUTHORITY 103 objects, Transform picture)). Layar The Layar Reality Browser is a mobile augmented reality application available for users of most smartphones, including iPhone and Android devices. Augmented reality technology allows you to view digital information superimposed onto reality with the aid of cameras, GPS, compasses and accelerometers. 1. From the Home screen, tap When you open Layar for the fi rst time, you must read and accept the Terms & Conditions. 2. Enter layers to search layers you want > Tap Apps >
Layar. Or, select layer you want in the categories listed. Tap Favorites to add a layer to your favorites. Tap Recent to view recently opened layers. Tap Layers to select layers you want. Settings to set Layar settings. Tap TuneIn Radio Enjoy listening to the radio from around the world with TuneIn Radio. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the radio program you want in My Presets section. Apps >
TuneIn Radio. Or, tap Tap Tap Tap to search radio programs or tap the category listed in Browse section. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Car Mode to switch to car mode. Accounts to log in or sign up for TuneIn, Facebook or Twitter. Settings to set TuneIn Radio. eBooks You can search various books you want and download books on your phone with eBooks application. Opening eBooks AUTHORITY 104 eBooks. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the book you want to read in LIBRARY category. Tap to select Now Reading, Account or Help. Apps >
Searching for books eBooks. Apps >
at the top right of the screen, or tap 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Enter the title or author of the book you want to search > Tap If you want to set view options, tap 4. Scroll through the search results and tap a book to view details about the book. 5. Tap Download Now to download the book. Search. and select Any Price, Free, under $1, under $2, under $5 or under $10. Reading a book 1. Tap the right or left hand side of the screen to go to the next page or previous page. 2. While reading a book, tap the middle of the screen to use the additional options. Tap and hold the screen to open Note and Highlight option.
Mark the page with bookmark. Set view options; Next Chapter, Previous Chapter, Table of Contents, Marks & Notes, Overview, Turn On Adobe Styling. Drag the slider to go directly to a specifi c page of the book. Adjust text size. Adjust the brightness of the screen. Set to Night Mode or Day Mode. Set font to Sans Serif or Serif. Set screen orientation. Set text justifi cation. AUTHORITY 105 Tools Clock Opening the Clock 1. From the Home screen, tap The Clock application opens and displays the date, time, local weather and other useful information. Apps >
Clock. 1 2 5 6 3 4 Tap to dim the screen Set an alarm and check old alarms 1 3 5 Music application The battery charge level, displayed only while the phone is charging. View a slideshow 2 4 6 Home screen Managing Alarms Adding a new alarm Clock. Apps >
> Add alarm. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. To change the alarm time, tap +/- or type the number using the keyboard. Then toggle AM/PM > Set. 4. Check the checkbox, Turn alarm on. 5. Edit Turn alarm on, Time, Repeat, Ringtone, Vibrate and Label > Done. AUTHORITY 106 Editing an alarm 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Turn the alarm on or off by checking or un-checking the checkbox, Turn alarm on. In the alarm list, set alarms are underlined
> Tap an existing alarm. Apps >
Clock. in green. 4. Edit Time, Repeat, Ringtone, Vibrate and Label > Done. Or tap Delete to remove the alarm > OK. Changing alarm settings 1. From the Home screen, tap Menu >
2. Tap
> Tap Clock. Apps >
Settings. Alarm in silent mode Alarm volume Snooze duration Volume and Camera Check to play alarm even when the phone is in silent mode. Set the volume of alarms. Set how long Clock waits before playing an alarm again. Set what these buttons do when pressed during an alarm. Stopping an alarm 1. When the alarm sounds, tap Dismiss to stop the alarm. Tap Snooze to repeat the alarm after a specifi ed length of time. AUTHORITY 107 Calculator Using Calculator Calculator. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
2. Enter numbers and arithmetic operators. Drag the screen to the left to open the Advanced panel. Or tap Tap and hold the Calculators display to open a text editing menu. You can cut, copy, and select text for use in Calculator or other Applications. Tap CLEAR to delete the last number or operator you entered. Tap and hold CLEAR to delete everything in the display. Advanced panel. Menu >
Notes Adding a new note 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Create new note. 3. Enter the text > Save. Managing notes Apps >
Notes. Notes. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the note you want to manage:
Tap the note screen to edit the text > Edit the text > Tap Save. Tap Tap Tap Tap All notes > You can view all notes you created. Delete > Tap Delete to delete the selected note. Share > Tap Create new > You can create new note. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Via message or Via email to send the selected note. AUTHORITY 108 File Manager You can use the File Manager application to manage the contents of your microSDTM card. If the card memory is full, delete content fi les to free memory for other items. NOTE Your applications store settings and configuration information on the microSDTM card. Be very careful when moving or deleting files as missing or damaged files can cause applications to crash or fail to function. Opening File Manager 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap the folder you want to view. Apps >
File Manager. Music and image fi les will be opened by their corresponding applications. Some fi le types may not be supported and will be unable to be opened. Creating a new folder 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Select to the location where you want to create a new folder > Tap 3. Enter the folder name > OK. File Manager. Apps >
Menu > Tap New folder. Apps >
File Manager. Managing fi le or folder 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Find the fi le or the folder you want to manage, Tap and hold the item you want to move to another location > Move > Select the desired folder or location
> Tap Tap and hold the item you want to rename > Rename > Enter the fi le or folder name > OK. Tap and hold the item you want to delete > Delete > Selected fi les will be deleted! will appear on the screen > OK. Tap and hold the fi le you want to share > Share > Tap the application you want to use to share the selected fi le. Tap and hold the fi le you want to copy > Copy > Select the desired folder or location > Tap Menu > Tap Menu > Tap Paste. Paste. AUTHORITY 109 OfficeSuite Offi ceSuite is a fi le viewer. It is capable of reading Microsoft Offi ce fi le formats, viewing PDF and image fi les, and decompressing ZIP fi les. NOTE You can upgrade to the Pro version by buying OfficeSuite Professional 5 version on the MobiSystems website. Opening Offi ceSuite Apps >
Local fi les, Offi ceSuite. Recent fi les, Remote fi les or My documents, 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Select Recent fi les : You can browse your recently used fi les. My documents : You can set your default document folder. Local fi les : You can view all the fi les stored on memory card. Remote fi les : You can view your fi les stored on remote server by adding your remote account. Download dictionaries : You can download dictionaries on the MobiSystems website to look up word meanings. Download dictionaries. Viewing a document Apps >
Offi ceSuite. Remote fi les > Tap the desired fi le. New > Folder > Enter folder name > OK. Local fi les or Menu >
Search or tap Recent fi les, New or tap Find or tap Edit > You can copy or paste fi les. Sort to sort the fi les by Name, Size, Type or Date modifi ed. Filter to fi lter fi les by fi le type. Menu >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Supported formats - Microsoft Word 97-2007 (.doc & .docx), Microsoft Excel 97-2007 (.xls & .xlsx), Microsoft PowerPoint 97-
2007 (.ppt & .pptx), Adobe PDF, Text (.txt), Zip Archives (.zip). Updates to update your Offi ceSuite version by buying it on the MobiSystems website. Find > Enter the fi lename you want to search for > Tap Menu >
. NOTE Text (.txt) format is partly supported in case Encoding type is selected as Korean(EVC-KR). Tap the screen to see the pages panel and zoom in and out panel. Double tap the screen to zoom in or out when viewing a fi le. Drag across the screen to view specifi c areas of the document. 3. Tap Menu to use the additional options while you are viewing the document. AUTHORITY 110 View Find Word count Settings Help About You can view the document by selecting Go to top, Go to bottom, Go to bookmark, Zoom or Full screen. You can search words in the document. You can see the number of words, characters, characters (with spaces), paragraphs and sections in the document. You can set dictionary confi guration. You can learn how to make the most of Offi ceSuite by opening Web browser. You can check out more information about the version of Offi ceSuite on your phone. NOTE Depending on file formats, the menu may vary. AUTHORITY 111 Battery Saver You can check status and level of battery. Opening Battery Saver 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. You can view the status and level of battery. Apps >
Battery Saver. Changing Battery Saver settings Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Settings. Battery Saver. brightness down Choose how long time
** min after screen locked Battery low Saving your battery Check to turn the brightness down when battery is low. Select 15 Min, 30 Min or 60 Min. Check to disable data after screen locked. Check to disable data when battery is low. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap 3. Check each application you want to kill its task > Tap Kill Tasks. Battery Saver. Apps >
Tasks. AUTHORITY 112 Ringdroid Recording and editing sounds, and creating ringtones, directly on the phone with Ringdroid. Ringdroid. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap Tap Tap 2. Enter the fi le name to search the audio fi le > Tap Menu >
Menu >
. Privacy to share your data you create on the Ringdroid website. Show All Audio to view all your audio fi les. Or, tap the fi le you want in the list. Tap Record New to record new audio fi le. Sound Recorder will be opened. Tap Assign to Contact. next to your desired audio fi le > Tap Edit, Delete, Set as Default Notifi cation, Set as Default Ringtone or to skip backwards. to pause the audio fi le. to resume playback. to skip forward. or 3. Edit the audio fi les using the controls on the screen. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Use the jog wheel for more precise adjustments. 4. Tap to zoom in or out. Menu >
or tap Save > Select type and enter the name > Save. AccuWeather AccuWeather has all of the accurate and localized weather information and interactive features that you need. This full-featured app not only has hourly forecasts updated every hour, interactive Google Maps, and severe weather notices, but it also has weather in 23 languages, customizable color themes, and social media sharing. Apps >
AccuWeather. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Enter zip code or city name you want > Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap 3. Tap the screen to get more detailed information on the weather. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Refresh to get the latest information. Locations to add or delete the location you want. My Location to view weather data for your current location. Maps to view the satellite or current conditions of the location by opening AccuWeather website. Units to select imperial units or metric units. AUTHORITY 113 Barcode Scanner You can look up product information such as prices or reviews with Barcode Scanner. Barcode Scanner uses the camera on your phone to read barcodes and also reads 2D barcodes such as QR Codes and Data Matrix. Apps >
Barcode Scanner. Menu >
Menu >
Share to share data by displaying a barcode on your screen and scanning it with another phone. History to view the previous scanned barcodes or QR codes or send history or clear history. 1. From the Home screen, tap Tap Tap 2. Place a barcode or QR code inside the viewfi nder rectangle. 3. After scanning, thumbnail of the barcode or QR code is then displayed showing format, type, time and metadata. 4. Tap Product Search, Web search or Google Shopper. Alcatel Setup Wizard Setup Wizard is launched on fi rst time startup or launched by user from Alcatel Setup Wizard application. Apps >
Alcatel Setup Wizard. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Select the language in the Select your Language screen > Tap Next. 3. Set mobile data connection in the Mobile Data Connection screen > Tap Next. 4. Set application sync in the Application Sync screen > Tap Next. 5. Tap Setup Now to setup Google Account or tap Skip in the Setup your Google Account screen. 6. Select Auto-check interval for system updates in the System Updates screen > Tap Next. 7. Set date and time format in the Date & Time screen > Tap Next. 8. Read the tips on how to extend battery life in the How to Extend Battery Life screen > Tap Next. 9. Read the tips on mobile data usage in the Tips for Mobile Data Usage screen > Tap Next. 10. Tap Go now to visit the ALCATEL global support website for help or tap Finish in the Learn More screen. AUTHORITY 114 LED Torch LED Torch application allows you to see in the dark place like a lantern. Apps >
LED Torch. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap on/off button to turn on or off LED Torch. You can adjust brightness by tap on the bar or sliding on the bar. Tap Home to exit the app screen with LED turned on. NOTE When LED Torch is on, you cannot use Camera. LED Torch cannot be operated when the battery is low. Skifta Skifta allows you to access your music, pictures and videos from your phone from cloud media services or remotely from another location via an Android phone and stream media to connected your electronics anywhere that supports DLNA over Wi-Fi networks. Skifta. Apps >
1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Choose a media source section > Tap media source found. If you want to take advantage of advanced features like Channels and remote media access, you must sign in to Skifta. Tap Tap Tap Home to return to the main screen. Refresh to refresh the current page. Settings to set network setting. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Antivirus Pro Protect your phone in real time with Antivirus Pro application. Apps >
Antivirus Pro. 1. From the Home screen, tap When you open Antivirus Pro for the fi rst time, you must review and accept the mobile terms of service. 2. Tap the screen to protect your phone. Tap Tap Tap Tap Scan to detect the contents of your phone. Tools to use various tools. Remote to remotely manage your phone. Buy full version to buy Antivirus Pro full version by opening Play Store. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
AUTHORITY 115 Tap Tap Menu >
Menu >
Settings to set Antivirus Pro. Help to get help about using Antivirus Pro. NQ Mobile Security NQ Mobile Security application off ers three modes including fast scan, full scan and customized scan, as well as real-time protection and malicious website blocking to safeguard your mobile security. NQ Mobile Security. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Fast Scan to detect the contents of your phone quickly or tap Apps >
to select Customized Scan, Full Scan, Real-time Protection, Internet Protection or Account Protection. Or tap the category you want; Virus Database, Backup Contacts, Network Manager, Optimization, Anti-theft or Privacy Advisor. Tap Premium Zone to upgrade to Premium. Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Tap Settings to set NQ Mobile Security. NQ Payment Center to go to NQ Payment Center by opening Browser. Share to share NQ Mobile Security with your friends. Feedback to submit your feedback by opening NetQin website. App Update to update NQ Mobile Security. More to select Logs, Help, About or License Agreement. Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Menu >
Firmware Upgrade Manager Firmware Upgrade Manager provides you with an optional software environment to improve the features and performance on your phone. You can check for updates manually or set auto-check interval. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Check for updates to check whether there is an up-to-date software version or not. Tap Settings and Help to set Firmware Upgrade Manager. Firmware Upgrade Manager. Apps >
AUTHORITY 116 Cricket Applications Alcatel help With Alcatel help application, you can visit ALCATEL global support website directly if you have questions or need assistance when using the mobile phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap 2. Tap Go now to visit ALCATEL global support website. You can also visit the FAQs page to fi nd the answer to your question directly. Alcatel help. Apps >
Cricket Navigator Cricket Navigator runs on your phone as a GPS-enabled application that provides many of the standard features of an on-board navigation system. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Cricket Navigator. MyBackup You can backup information on your phone to your Wireless Providers server with MyBackup. Restore information from your Wireless Providers server to your phone. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
MyBackup. Storefront You can shop for applications from your Wireless Provider with Storefront. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Storefront. NOTE If your phone is set to block installation of apps not obtained from Play Store, you must check Unknown sources in the Application settings to use Storefront. AUTHORITY 117 Settings Settings on Your Phone Control and customize phone settings on the Settings screen. 1. From the Home screen, tap Apps >
Settings. Wireless & networks Airplane mode Airplane mode On / Off . Check to turn off all the phones radios that transmit voice or data. Wi-Fi/ Wi-Fi settings Wi-Fi On / Off . Bluetooth/ Bluetooth settings Tethering & portable hotspot VPN settings Mobile networks Call settings North American dialing International dialing TTY mode DTMF Tones Sound Silent mode Vibrate Volume Phone ringtone Set up and manage wireless access points. For details about working with these settings, see Wi-Fi . Bluetooth On / Off . For details about working with these settings, see Bluetooth . Share your phones mobile data connection via USB or as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot. Set up and manage Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). Set options for roaming, networks and APNs. Check to replace + width International dialing code except +1. Set international dialing code for outgoing calls. The teletypewriter (TTY) is a telecommunications device that allows people, who are deaf or hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities, to communicate via a telephone. Set the length of DTMF tones. When set to silent mode, your phone doesnt play any ring, alert, and eff ects sounds. You must silence media and alarms in their own applications. Confi gure when you want the phone to vibrate when you receive a phone call or notifi cation. Set the volume of ringtones that sound when you receive a phone call or notifi cation, media (music, videos, and so on), and alarms. Select the ringtone to sound when you receive a phone call. AUTHORITY 118 Notifi cation ringtone Audible touch tones Audible selection Screen lock sounds Haptic feedback Emergency tone Select the ringtone to sound when you receive a notifi cation. Check to play tones when using dial pad. Check to play sound when making screen selection. Check to play sounds when locking and unlocking the screen. Check to vibrate when pressing soft keys and on certain UI interactions. Set behavior when an emergency call is placed. Display Brightness Auto-rotate screen Animation Screen timeout Number of home screens Wallpaper Scrolling Adjusting the brightness of the screen. Check to automatically switch the orientation of the screen as you turn the phone sideways or even upside down. Confi gures the level of user interface animation. Adjust the delay before the screen automatically turns off . Select 3 screen, 5 screen or 7 screen. Location & security Location determined by Wi-Fi and/or mobile networks. When locating, accurate to street level (uncheck to conserve battery). Confi gure your phone to require a pattern, PIN, or password to unlock your screen. Show password characters as you enter them. Add or remove device administrators. Allow applications to access secure certifi cates and other credentials. Install encrypted certifi cates from microSDTM card. Set or change the credential storage password. Clear credential storage of all contents and reset its password. Use wireless networks Use GPS satellites Set up screen lock Visible passwords Select device administrators Use secure credentials Install from SD card Set password Clear storage Applications Unknown sources Manage applications Running services Storage use Development Check to allow installation of non-Market applications. Manage and remove installed applications. View and control currently running services. View storage used by applications. Set options for application development. AUTHORITY 119 Accounts & sync Background data Auto-sync Manage accounts Add account Privacy Back up my data Automatic restore Factory data reset Storage Total space Available space Unmount SD card Erase SD card Available space Set whether applications can sync, send and receive data at any time. Check to allow applications to sync data automatically. Lists of the Google accounts and other accounts youve added to the phone. If you tap an account, its account screen opens. You can add Corporate, Twitter, Facebook or Google account on your phone. Check to back up application data, Wi-Fi passwords, and other settings to Google servers. Check to restore backed up settings or other data if an application is reinstalled. Erases all data on phone. This will erase all data from your phone, including: your Google account, system and application data and settings, downloaded applications. And it will not erase: current system software and bundled applications, microSDTM card fi les, such as music or photos. Check the total space of the microSDTM card. Check the available space on the microSDTM card. Unmount the microSDTM card for safe removal. If you unmount the microSDTM card, some applications you are using will stop and may be unavailable until you remount the microSDTM card. This will erase all data from the microSDTM card. You must unmount a microSDTM card before you can format it. Check the available space on internal phone storage. Language & keyboard Select language User dictionary Android keyboard
/ Android keyboard settings Swype / Swype settings Select the language to use for the text on your phone. Add or delete the words suggested when entering text. Set Vibrate on keypress, Sound on keypress, Popup on keypress, Touch to correct words, Auto-
capitalization, Show settings key, Voice input, Input languages, Quick fi xes, Show suggestions or Auto-
complete. For details about working with these settings, see Using the onscreen keyboard . Select Select Input Method, How to Swype, Personal dictionary, Preferences or Language Options. For details about working with these settings, see Using the onscreen keyboard . AUTHORITY 120 Voice input & output Set Language, SafeSearch or Block off ensive words. Set Listen to an example, Always use my settings, (Default Engine, Install voice data, Speech rate, Language), (Pico TTS settings). In order to use the text-to-speech feature, voice data must be downloaded from the Play Store to your phones microSDTM card. Select the Install voice data menu item to install Text-
to-speech data. Voice recognizer settings Text-to-speech settings Accessibility Accessibility Power button ends call Accessibility options are activated after downloading the Accessibility service from the Play Store. If checked, during a call, pressing Power ends call instead of turning off screen. Date & time Use 24-hour format Select date format Check to display the time using 24-hour format. Select the format for displaying date. About phone System updates Status Battery use Legal information Model number Android version Baseband version Kernel version Software version Hardware version TSP Firmware Version You can upgrade your system to up-to-date version. Information about your phone number, signal, etc. Check what has been using the battery. Legal information about Open source licenses and Google legal. Check the Model number. Check the Android version. Check the Baseband version. Check the Kernel version. Check software version. Check hardware version. Check TSP fi rmware version. AUTHORITY 121 Safety and use Please read before proceeding THE BATTERY IS NOT FULLY CHARGED WHEN YOU TAKE IT OUT OF THE BOX. DO NOT REMOVE THE BATTERY PACK WHEN THE PHONE IS CHARGING. YOUR WARRANTY IS INVALIDATED IF YOU DISASSEMBLE OR ATTEMPT TO DISASSEMBLE THE DEVICE. Privacy restrictions Some countries require full disclosure of recorded telephone conversations, and stipulate that you must inform the person with whom you are speaking that the conversation is being recorded. Always obey the relevant laws and regulations of your country when using the recording feature of your phone. Disclaimers ANY WEATHER, STOCK, OR OTHER INFORMATION, DATA, OR DOCUMENTATION (ACCESSED INFORMATION) ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OR ANY TECHNICAL SUPPORT. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TCT MOBILE AND ITS AFFILIATES expressly disclaim any and all representations and warranties, arising by law or otherwise, related to the Accessed Information, including without limitation any express or implied representation or warranty of merchantability, fi tness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, quality, accuracy, completeness, eff ectiveness, reliability, or usefulness. Without limiting the foregoing, it is further understood that TCT Mobile and its Affi liates are not responsible for any use of the Accessed Information or the results arising from such use, and that you use such information at your own risk. Limitation of damages TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL TCT MOBILE OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO YOU, ANY USER, OR THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INJURY, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF GOODWILL, LOSS OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF DATA, AND/OR LOSS OF PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF THE FORESEEABILITY THEREOF OR WHETHER TCT MOBILE OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. AND IN NO EVENT SHALL THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF TCT MOBILE OR ITS AFFILIATES EXCEED THE AMOUNT RECEIVED FROM YOU, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY UNDER WHICH THE CAUSE OF ACTION IS BROUGHT. THE FOREGOING DOES NOT AFFECT ANY STATUTORY RIGHTS WHICH MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED. AUTHORITY 122 Important health information and safety precautions When using this product, the safety precautions below must be taken to avoid possible legal liabilities and damages. Retain and follow all product safety and operating instructions. Observe all warnings in the operating instructions on the product. To reduce the risk of bodily injury, electric shock, fi re, and damage to the equipment, observe the following precautions. Electrical safety This product is intended for use when supplied with power from the designated battery or power supply unit. Other usage may be dangerous and will invalidate any approval given to this product. Safety precautions for proper grounding installation Connecting to improperly grounded equipment can result in an electric shock to your device. This product is equipped with a USB Cable for connecting with desktop or notebook computer. Be sure your computer is properly grounded (earthed) before connecting this product to the computer. The power supply cord of a desktop or notebook computer has an equipment grounding conductor and a grounding plug. The plug must be plugged into an appropriate outlet which is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all local codes and ordinances. Safety precautions for power supply unit Use the correct external power source A product should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the electrical ratings label. If you are not sure of the type of power source required, consult your authorized service provider or local power company. For a product that operates from battery power or other sources, refer to the operating instructions that are included with the product. This product should be operated only with the following designated power supply unit(s). Travel charger: Input: 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.15 A Output: 5 V, 1000 mA Handle battery packs carefully This product contains a Lithium-ion polymer or Lithium-ion battery. There is a risk of fi re and burns if the battery pack is handled improperly. Do not attempt to open or service the battery pack. Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts or circuits, dispose of in fi re or water, or expose a battery pack to temperatures higher than 140F (60C). Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. To reduce risk of fire or burns, do not disassemble, crush, puncture, short external contacts, expose to temperature above 140F (60C), or dispose of in fire or water. Replace only with specified batteries. Recycle or dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations or reference guide supplied with your product. AUTHORITY 123 NOTE This product should be operated only with the following designated Battery Pack(s). Battery: Lithium 1600 mAh Take extra precautions Keep the battery or device dry and away from water or any liquid as it may cause a short circuit. Keep metal objects away so they dont come in contact with the battery or its connectors as it may lead to short circuit during operation. The phone should only be connected to products that bear the USB-IF logo or have completed the USB-IF compliance program. Do not use a battery that appears damaged, deformed, or discolored, or the one that has any rust on its casing, overheats, or emits a foul odor. Always keep the battery out of the reach of babies and small children, to avoid swallowing of the battery. Consult the doctor immediately if the battery is swallowed. Only use the battery with a charging system that has been qualifi ed with the system per this standard, IEEE-Std-172 5-2006. Use of an unqualifi ed battery or charger may present a risk of fi re, explosion, leakage or other hazard. Replace the battery only with another battery that has been qualifi ed with the system per this standard, IEEE-Std-172 5-2006. Use of an unqualifi ed battery may present a risk of fi re, explosion, leakage or other hazard. Avoid dropping the phone or battery. If the phone or battery is dropped, especially on a hard surface, and the user suspects damage, take it to a service centre for inspection. If the battery leaks:
Do not allow the leaking fl uid to come in contact with skin or clothing. If already in contact, fl ush the aff ected area immediately with clean water and seek medical advice. Do not allow the leaking fl uid to come in contact with eyes. If already in contact, DO NOT rub; rinse with clean water immediately and seek medical advice. Take extra precautions to keep a leaking battery away from fi re as there is a danger of ignition or explosion. Safety precautions for direct sunlight Keep this product away from excessive moisture and extreme temperatures. Do not leave the product or its battery inside a vehicle or in places where the temperature may exceed 140F (60C), such as on a car dashboard, window sill, or behind a glass that is exposed to direct sunlight or strong ultraviolet light for extended periods of time. This may damage the product, overheat the battery, or pose a risk to the vehicle. AUTHORITY 124 Prevention of hearing loss Permanent hearing loss may occur if earphones or headphones are used at high volume for prolonged periods of time. Safety in aircraft Due to the possible interference caused by this product to an aircrafts navigation system and its communications network, using this devices phone function on board an airplane is against the law in most countries. If you want to use this device when on board an aircraft, remember to turn off your phone by switching to Airplane Mode. Environment restrictions Do not use this product in gas stations, fuel depots, chemical plants or where blasting operations are in progress, or in potentially explosive atmospheres such as fuelling areas, fuel storehouses, below deck on boats, chemical plants, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders. Please be aware that sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fi re resulting in bodily injury or even death. Explosive atmospheres When in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere or where fl ammable materials exist, the product should be turned off and the user should obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fi re resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are advised not to use the equipment at refueling points such as service or gas stations, and are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. These include fueling areas, below deck on boats, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders. Road safety Full attention must be given to driving at all times in order to reduce the risk of an accident. Using a phone while driving (even with a hands free kit) causes distraction and can lead to an accident. You must comply with local laws and regulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving. Safety precautions for RF exposure Avoid using your phone near metal structures (for example, the steel frame of a building). Avoid using your phone near strong electromagnetic sources, such as microwave ovens, sound speakers, TV and radio. Use only original manufacturer-approved accessories, or accessories that do not contain any metal. Use of non-original manufacturer-approved accessories may violate your local RF exposure guidelines and should be avoided. AUTHORITY 125 Interference with medical equipment functions This product may cause medical equipment to malfunction. The use of this device is forbidden in most hospitals and medical clinics. If you use any other personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Turn your phone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. Nonionizing radiation Your device has an internal antenna. This product should be operated in its normal-use position to ensure the radiative performance and safety of the interference. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommended that no part of the human body be allowed to come too close to the antenna during operation of the equipment. Use only the supplied integral antenna. Use of unauthorized or modifi ed antennas may impair call quality and damage the phone, causing loss of performance and SAR levels exceeding the recommended limits as well as result in non-compliance with local regulatory requirements in your country. To assure optimal phone performance and ensure human exposure to RF energy is within the guidelines set forth in the relevant standards, always use your device only in its normal-
use position. Contact with the antenna area may impair call quality and cause your device to operate at a higher power level than needed. Avoiding contact with the antenna area when the phone is IN USE optimizes the antenna performance and the battery life. Electrical safety Accessories Use only approved accessories. Do not connect with incompatible products or accessories. Take care not to touch or allow metal objects, such as coins or key rings, to contact or short circuit the battery terminals. Connection to a car Seek professional advice when connecting a phone interface to the vehicle electrical system. Faulty and damaged products Do not attempt to disassemble the phone or its accessory. Only qualifi ed personnel must service or repair the phone or its accessory. General precautions You alone are responsible for how you use your phone and any consequences of its use. You must always switch off your phone wherever the use of a phone is prohibited. Use of your phone is subject to safety measures designed to protect users and their environment. AUTHORITY 126 Avoid applying excessive pressure to the device Do not apply excessive pressure on the screen and the device to prevent damaging them and remove the device from your pants pocket before sitting down. It is also recommended that you store the device in a protective case and only use the device stylus or your fi nger when interacting with the touch screen. Cracked display screens due to improper handling are not covered by the warranty. Device getting warm after prolonged use When using your device for prolonged periods of time, such as when youre talking on the phone, charging the battery or browsing the Web, the device may become warm. In most cases, this condition is normal and therefore should not be interpreted as a problem with the device. Heed service markings Except as explained elsewhere in the Operating or Service documentation, do not service any product yourself. Service needed on components inside the device should be done by an authorized service technician or provider. Protect your phone Always treat your phone and its accessories with care and keep them in a clean and dust-free place. Do not expose your phone or its accessories to open fl ames or lit tobacco products. Do not expose your phone or its accessories to liquid, moisture or high humidity. Do not drop, throw or try to bend your phone or its accessories. Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or aerosols to clean the device or its accessories. Do not paint your phone or its accessories. Do not attempt to disassemble your phone or its accessories, only authorized personnel must do so. Do not expose your phone or its accessories to extreme temperatures, minimum -4F (-20C) and maximum 122F (50C). Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not carry your phone in your back pocket as it could break when you sit down. Damage requiring service Unplug the product from the electrical outlet and refer servicing to an authorized service technician or provider under the following conditions:
Liquid has been spilled or an object has fallen into the product. The product has been exposed to rain or water. The product has been dropped or damaged. There are noticeable signs of overheating. The product does not operate normally when you follow the operating instructions. AUTHORITY 127 Avoid hot areas The product should be placed away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products
(including amplifi ers) that produce heat. Avoid wet areas Never use the product in a wet location. Avoid using your device after a dramatic change in temperature When you move your device between environments with very diff erent temperature and/or humidity ranges, condensation may form on or within the device. To avoid damaging the device, allow suffi cient time for the moisture to evaporate before using the device. NOTICE: When taking the device from low-temperature conditions into a warmer environment or from high-
temperature conditions into a cooler environment, allow the device to acclimate to room temperature before turning on power. Avoid pushing objects into product Never push objects of any kind into cabinet slots or other openings in the product. Slots and openings are provided for ventilation. These openings must not be blocked or covered. Air bags Do not place a phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area. Store the phone safely before driving your vehicle. Mounting accessories Do not use the product on an unstable table, cart, stand, tripod, or bracket. Any mounting of the product should follow the manufacturers instructions, and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer. Avoid unstable mounting Do not place the product with an unstable base. Use product with approved equipment This product should be used only with personal computers and options identifi ed as suitable for use with your equipment. Adjust the volume Turn down the volume before using headphones or other audio devices. Cleaning Unplug the product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning, but NEVER use water to clean the LCD screen. AUTHORITY 128 Small children Do not leave your phone and its accessories within the reach of small children or allow them to play with it. They could hurt themselves or others, or could accidentally damage the phone. Your phone contains small parts with sharp edges that may cause an injury or which could become detached and create a choking hazard. Repetitive motion injuries To minimise the risk of RSI, when Texting or playing games with your phone:
Do not grip the phone too tightly Press the buttons lightly Make use of the special features in the handset which minimise the number of buttons which have to be pressed, such as message templates and predictive text. Take lots of breaks to stretch and relax. Operating machinery Full attention must be given to operating the machinery in order to reduce the risk of an accident. Loud noise This phone is capable of producing loud noises which may damage your hearing. Emergency calls This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions. Therefore, you must never rely solely on any wireless phone for emergency communications. AUTHORITY 129 Regulatory agency identifications For regulatory identifi cation purposes, your product is assigned a model number of Authority. To ensure continued reliable and safe operation of your device, use only the accessories listed below with your Authority device.The Battery Pack has been assigned a model number of CAB31P0000CX. Operating temperature range: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C) NOTE This product is intended for use with a certified Class Limited Power Source, rated 5 Volts DC, maximum 1 Amp power supply unit. Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. FCC Caution: Any changes or modifi cations not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Important Note Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specifi c operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter, except the transmitters built-in with the device. FCC Hearing-Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use AUTHORITY 130 with hearing aids. It is important to try the diff erent features of this phone thoroughly and in diff erent locations, using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to determine if you hear any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer. On July 10, 2003 , the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Report and Order in WT Docket 01- 09 modifi ed the exception of wireless phones under the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988 (HAC Act) to require digital wireless phones be compatible with hearing-aids. The intent of the HAC Act is to ensure reasonable access to telecommunications services for persons with hearing disabilities. While some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants), users may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and phones also vary in the amount of interference they generate. The wireless telephone industry has developed a rating system for wireless phones, to assist hearing device users fi nd phones that may be compatible with their hearing devices. Not all phones have been rated. Phones that are rated have the rating on their box or a label located on the box. The ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary depending on the users hearing device and hearing loss. If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference, you may not be able to use a rated phone successfully. Trying out the phone with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs. M-Ratings: Phones rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than phones that are not rated. M4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. Your device is rated M4. T-Ratings: Phones rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to be more usable with a hearing aids telecoil than phones that are not rated. T4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. Your device is rated T4. Please power off the Bluetooth function while using hearing aid devices with your Authority. Hearing devices may also be rated. Your hearing device manufacturer or hearing health professional may help you fi nd this rating. Higher ratings mean that the hearing device is relatively immune to interference noise. The hearing aid and wireless phone rating values are then added together. A sum of 5 is considered acceptable for normal use. A sum of 6 is considered for better use. A sum of 8 is considered for best use. In the above example, if a hearing aid meets the M2 level rating and the wireless phone meets the M3 level rating, the sum of the two values equal M5. This should provide the hearing aid user with normal usage while using their hearing aid with the particular wireless phone. Normal usage in this context is defi ned as a signal quality that is acceptable for normal operation. This methodology applies equally for T ratings. The M mark is intended to be synonymous with the U mark. The T mark is intended to be synonymous with the UT mark. The M and T marks are recommended by the Alliance for Telecommunications Industries Solutions (ATIS). The U and UT marks are referenced in Section 20.19 of the FCC Rules. The HAC rating and measurement procedure are described in the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) C63.19 standard. For information about hearing aids and digital wireless phones FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility and Volume Control:
http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/dro/hearing.html AUTHORITY 131 Gallaudet University, RERC:
https://fj allfoss.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/GenericSearch.cfm SAR Information CDMA850/1700/1900 HEAD 1.3 W/kg BODY 1.2 W/kg THIS MODEL DEVICE MEETS THE GOVERNMENTS REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES. For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with the TCT Mobile Limited. Accessories supplied or designated for this product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. Your wireless mobile phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on the safety standards previously set by both U.S. and international standards bodies:
- American National Standards Institute (ANSI) IEEE. C95.1-1992 .
- National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP). Report 86. 1986.
- International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) 1996.
- Ministry of Health (Canada), Safety Code 6. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phone employs a unit of measurement known as the Specifi c Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg*. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model device with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model device is on fi le with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of https://fj allfoss.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/GenericSearch. cfm after searching on FCC ID: RAD278 Additional information on Specifi c Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) Web-site as http://www.phonefacts.net.
* In the U.S. and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phone used by the public is 1.6 Watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in usage. Normal condition only to ensure the radiative performance and safety of the interference. As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment, users are advised that for satisfactory operation of the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is recommended that no part of the human body be allowed to come too close to the antenna during operation of the equipment. AUTHORITY 132 Body-worn Operation SAR compliance for body-worn operation is based on a separation distance of 2.0 cm and wireless router operation is based on a separation distance of 1.0 cm between the unit and the body of the user. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and which provide at least 2.0 cm separation between the device and the users body. FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement
- This Transmitter has been demonstrated co-location compliance requirements with Bluetooth and WLAN. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
- This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. Telecommunications & Internet Association (TIA) safety information Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 cm (6 inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by and recommendations of Wireless Technology Research.Persons with pacemakers:
- Should ALWAYS keep the phone more than 15 cm (6 inches) from their pacemaker when the phone is turned ON.
- Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket.
- Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference. If you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place, turn the phone OFF immediately. Hearing aids Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your service provider, or call the customer service line to discuss alternatives. RoHS compliance This product is in compliance with Directive 002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 January 2003, on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS) and its amendments. AUTHORITY 133 Warranty Manufacturers Warranty 12 MONTH LIMITED WARRANTY Personal Communications Devices, LLC. (the Company) warrants to the original retail purchaser of this cellular handset or wireless device (Product), that should this Product or any part thereof during normal consumer usage and conditions, be proven defective in material or workmanship that results in the Products failure within the fi rst twelve (12) month period from the date of purchase (proof of purchase required), such defect(s) will be repaired or replaced (with new or rebuilt parts) at the Companys option, without charge for parts or labor directly related to the defect(s). The antenna, keypad, display, rechargeable battery and battery charger, if included with the Product, are similarly warranted for twelve (12) months from the date of purchase. This Warranty extends only to consumers who purchase the product in the United States or Canada and it is not transferable or assignable. This Warranty does not apply to:
(a) Product subjected to abnormal use or conditions, accident, mishandling, neglect, unauthorized alteration, misuse, improper installation or repair or improper storage;
(b) Product whose mechanical serial number or electronic serial number has been removed, altered or defaced;
(c) Damage from exposure to moisture, humidity, excessive temperatures or extreme environmental conditions;
(d) Damage resulting from connection to, or use of any accessory or other product not approved or authorized by the Company;
(e) Defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items such as framing and non-operative parts;
(f) Product damaged from external causes such as fi re, fl ooding, dirt, sand, weather conditions, battery leakage, blown fuse, theft or improper usage of any electrical source;
(g) Product subjected to unauthorized modifi cations to the software of the Product or to the Product itself;
(h) Product subjected to the unauthorized opening or repair of the Product;
(i) Product subjected to hacking, password-mining, jail breaking, the unlocking of the boot loader using the fast boot program or the tampering with or short-circuiting of the battery; or
(j) Product that has been modifi ed to alter functionality or capability of the Product without the written permission of the Company. The Company disclaims liability for removal or reinstallation of the Product, for geographic coverage, for inadequate signal reception by the antenna or for communications range or operation of the cellular system as a whole. When sending your wireless device to the Company for repair or service, please note that any personal data or software stored on the Product may be inadvertently erased or altered. AUTHORITY 134 Therefore, we strongly recommend you make a back up copy of all data and software contained on your Product before submitting it for repair or service. This includes all contact lists, downloads (i.e. third-party software applications, ringtones, games and graphics) and any other data added to your Product. In addition, if your Product utilizes a SIM or Multimedia card, please remove the card before submitting the Product and store for later use when your Product is returned., The Company is not responsible for and does not guarantee restoration of any third-party software, personal information or memory data contained in, stored on, or integrated with any other wireless device, whether under warranty or not, returned to the Company for repair or service. To obtain repairs or replacement within the terms of this Warranty, the Product should be delivered with proof of Warranty coverage (e.g. dated bill of sale), the consumers return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number and complete description of the problem, transportation prepaid, to the Company at the address shown below or to the place of purchase for repair or replacement processing. In addition, for reference to an authorized Warranty station in your area, you may telephone in the United States (800) 229-1235, and in Canada (800) 465-
9672 (in Ontario call 416-695-3060). THE EXTENT OF THE COMPANYS LIABILITY UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT PROVIDED ABOVE AND, IN NO EVENT, SHALL THE COMPANYS LIABILITY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY PURCHASER FOR THE PRODUCT. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. ANY ACTION FOR BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY MUST BE BROUGHT WITHIN A PERIOD OF 18 MONTHS FROM DATE OF ORIGINAL PURCHASE. IN NO CASE SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR AN SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES FOR BREACH OF THIS OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHATSOEVER. THE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE DELAY IN RENDERING SERVICE UNDER THIS WARRANTY OR LOSS OF USE DURING THE TIME THE PRODUCT IS BEING REPAIRED OR REPLACED. No person or representative is authorized to assume for the Company any liability other than expressed herein in connection with the sale of this product. Some states or provinces do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damage so the above limitation or exclusions may not apply to you. This Warranty gives you specifi c legal rights, and you may also have other rights, which vary from state to state or province to province. IN USA :
IN CANADA :
Personal Communications Devices, LLC. 555 Wireless Blvd. Hauppauge, NY 11788
(800) 229-1235 PCD Communications Canada Ltd. 5535 Eglington Avenue West Suite #210 Toronto, ON M9C 5K5
(800) 465-9672 AUTHORITY 135
1 2 3 4 | confidentiality request | Cover Letter(s) | 18.36 KiB |
TCT Mobile Limited 5F, E building, No.232, Liang Jing Road, ZhangJiang High-Tech Park, Pudong Area, Shanghai, P.R. China Date: May 14, 2012 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046 RE: Request of Confidentiality for FCC ID: RAD278 To Whom It May Concern:
Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules (CFR 47), and Section 552 (b) (4) of the Freedom of Information Act, TCT Mobile Limited hereby requests confidentiality and treatment of certain information accompanying this application. The materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. We are also hereby request Short-Term Confidentiality for 180 days after the grant as outlined in Public Notice DA 04-1705. This provision will give TCT Mobile Limited temporary confidentiality of commercially sensitive information prior to product release. The requested Confidential and Temporary Confidential exhibits are listed as follows:
CONFIDENTIAL AND SHORT-TERM CONFIDENTIAL LIST Exhibit Description CONFIDENTIAL SHORT-TERM CONFIDENTIAL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Block Diagram Operational Descriptions Parts Lists and Tune-Up Procedure Schematics External Photos Internal Photos Test-Setup Photos Users Manual The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this application and all accompanying documentations, where applicable, will not be made public before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely, Sun-Hee Kim-Manager HCT Co., Ltd. cc. TCT Mobile Limited
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2012-06-14 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | Original Equipment |
2 | 1851.25 ~ 1908.75 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | ||
3 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||
4 | 2412 ~ 2462 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 | Effective |
2012-06-14
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
TCT Mobile Limited
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0009221672
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
5F, C building, No. 232, Liang Jing Road
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Shanghai, N/A 201203
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
Shanghai, 201203
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
China
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 | TCB Application Email Address |
c******@ccsemc.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
B1: Commercial mobile radio services equipment in the following 47 CFR Parts 20, 22 (cellular), 24,25 (below 3 GHz) & 27
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Grantee Code |
RAD
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Product Code |
278
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
Z**** G****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
+86(0********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
+86(0********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
z******@tcl.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 11/27/2012 | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Class | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||||
1 2 3 4 | PCE - PCS Licensed Transmitter held to ear | |||||
1 2 3 4 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
1 2 3 4 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Cellular/AWS/PCS CDMA/EVDO Phone with Bluetooth & WLAN | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Grant Comments | Power Output listed is conducted. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Power Output is ERP for Part 22 and EIRP for Part 24 and Part 27. SAR compliance for body-worn operation is based on a separation distance of 2.0 cm and wireless router operation is based on a separation distance of 1.0 cm between the unit and the body of the user. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and which provide at least 2.0 cm separation between the device and the users body. End users must be informed of the body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values for head, body-worn accessory, product specific (wireless router) and simultaneous transmission use condition are: 1.30 W/kg, 0.94 W/kg, 1.20 W/kg and 1.36 W/kg, respectively This device contains functions that are not operational in U.S. Territories. This filing is only applicable for US operations. HAC Rating: M4/T3 - 2007 | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Power Output is conducted. SAR compliance for body-worn operation is based on a separation distance of 2.0 cm and wireless router operation is based on a separation distance of 1.0 cm between the unit and the body of the user. Body-worn operations are restricted to belt-clips, holsters or similar accessories that have no metallic component in the assembly and which provide at least 2.0 cm separation between the device and the users body. End users must be informed of the body worn requirements for satisfying RF Exposure compliance. The highest reported SAR values for head, body-worn accessory, product specific (wireless router) and simultaneous transmission use condition are: <0.10W/kg, 0.16 W/kg, 0.16 W/kg and 1.36 W/kg, respectively. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
HCT Co., LTD
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
S**** L******
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
82-31********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
82-31********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
s******@HCT.co.kr
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0020000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 22H | HC | 824.7 | 848.31 | 0.362 | 2.5 ppm | 1M28F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 24E | HC | 1851.25 | 1908.75 | 1.222 | 2.5 ppm | 1M28F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 3 | 27 | HC | 1711.25 | 1753.75 | 0.701 | 2.5 ppm | 1M28F9W | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15B | CC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CC HX | 2412.00000000 | 2462.00000000 | 0.2410000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC